CoCalc Logo Icon
StoreFeaturesDocsShareSupportNewsAboutSign UpSign In
veeralakrishna

Real-time collaboration for Jupyter Notebooks, Linux Terminals, LaTeX, VS Code, R IDE, and more,
all in one place. Commercial Alternative to JupyterHub.

GitHub Repository: veeralakrishna/DataCamp-Project-Solutions-Python
Path: blob/master/Book Recommendations from Charles Darwin/datasets/VolcanicIslands.txt
Views: 1229
1
2
3
VOLCANIC ISLANDS
4
5
BY
6
7
CHARLES DARWIN
8
9
10
EDITORIAL NOTE.
11
12
Although in some respects more technical in their subjects and style than
13
Darwin's "Journal," the books here reprinted will never lose their value
14
and interest for the originality of the observations they contain. Many
15
parts of them are admirably adapted for giving an insight into problems
16
regarding the structure and changes of the earth's surface, and in fact
17
they form a charming introduction to physical geology and physiography in
18
their application to special domains. The books themselves cannot be
19
obtained for many times the price of the present volume, and both the
20
general reader, who desires to know more of Darwin's work, and the student
21
of geology, who naturally wishes to know how a master mind reasoned on most
22
important geological subjects, will be glad of the opportunity of
23
possessing them in a convenient and cheap form.
24
25
The three introductions, which my friend Professor Judd has kindly
26
furnished, give critical and historical information which makes this
27
edition of special value.
28
29
G.T.B.
30
31
32
33
VOLCANIC ISLANDS.
34
35
36
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
37
38
39
CRITICAL INTRODUCTION.
40
41
42
CHAPTER I.--ST. JAGO, IN THE CAPE DE VERDE ARCHIPELAGO.
43
44
Rocks of the lowest series.--A calcareous sedimentary deposit, with recent
45
shells, altered by the contact of superincumbent lava, its horizontality
46
and extent.--Subsequent volcanic eruptions, associated with calcareous
47
matter in an earthy and fibrous form, and often enclosed within the
48
separate cells of the scoriae.--Ancient and obliterated orifices of
49
eruption of small size.--Difficulty of tracing over a bare plain recent
50
streams of lava.--Inland hills of more ancient volcanic rock.--Decomposed
51
olivine in large masses.--Feldspathic rocks beneath the upper crystalline
52
basaltic strata.--Uniform structure and form of the more ancient volcanic
53
hills.--Form of the valleys near the coast.--Conglomerate now forming on
54
the sea beach.
55
56
57
CHAPTER II.--FERNANDO NORONHA; TERCEIRA; TAHITI, ETC.
58
59
FERNANDO NORONHA.--Precipitous hill of phonolite.
60
61
TERCEIRA.--Trachytic rocks: their singular decomposition by steam of high
62
temperature.
63
64
TAHITI.--Passage from wacke into trap; singular volcanic rock with the
65
vesicles half-filled with mesotype.
66
67
MAURITIUS.--Proofs of its recent elevation.--Structure of its more ancient
68
mountains; similarity with St. Jago.
69
70
ST. PAUL'S ROCKS.--Not of volcanic origin.--Their singular mineralogical
71
composition.
72
73
74
CHAPTER III.--ASCENSION.
75
76
Basaltic lavas.--Numerous craters truncated on the same side.--Singular
77
structure of volcanic bombs.--Aeriform explosions.--Ejected granite
78
fragments.--Trachytic rocks.--Singular veins.--Jasper, its manner of
79
formation.--Concretions in pumiceous tuff.--Calcareous deposits and
80
frondescent incrustations on the coast.--Remarkable laminated beds,
81
alternating with, and passing into obsidian.--Origin of obsidian.--
82
Lamination of volcanic rocks.
83
84
85
CHAPTER IV.--ST. HELENA.
86
87
Lavas of the feldspathic, basaltic, and submarine series.--Section of
88
Flagstaff Hill and of the Barn.--Dikes.--Turk's Cap and Prosperous Bays.--
89
Basaltic ring.--Central crateriform ridge, with an internal ledge and a
90
parapet.--Cones of phonolite.--Superficial beds of calcareous sandstone.--
91
Extinct land-shells.--Beds of detritus.--Elevation of the land.--
92
Denudation.--Craters of elevation.
93
94
95
CHAPTER V.--GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO.
96
97
Chatham Island.--Craters composed of a peculiar kind of tuff.--Small
98
basaltic craters, with hollows at their bases.--Albemarle Island; fluid
99
lavas, their composition.--Craters of tuff; inclination of their exterior
100
diverging strata, and structure of their interior converging strata.--James
101
Island, segment of a small basaltic crater; fluidity and composition of its
102
lava-streams, and of its ejected fragments.--Concluding remarks on the
103
craters of tuff, and on the breached condition of their southern sides.--
104
Mineralogical composition of the rocks of the archipelago.--Elevation of
105
the land.--Direction of the fissures of eruption.
106
107
108
CHAPTER VI.--TRACHYTE AND BASALT.--DISTRIBUTION OF VOLCANIC ISLES.
109
110
The sinking of crystals in fluid lava.--Specific gravity of the constituent
111
parts of trachyte and of basalt, and their consequent separation.--
112
Obsidian.--Apparent non-separation of the elements of plutonic rocks.--
113
Origin of trap-dikes in the plutonic series.--Distribution of volcanic
114
islands; their prevalence in the great oceans.--They are generally arranged
115
in lines.--The central volcanoes of Von Buch doubtful.--Volcanic islands
116
bordering continents.--Antiquity of volcanic islands, and their elevation
117
in mass.--Eruptions on parallel lines of fissure within the same geological
118
period.
119
120
121
CHAPTER VII.--AUSTRALIA; NEW ZEALAND; CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.
122
123
New South Wales.--Sandstone formation.--Embedded pseudo-fragments of
124
shale.--Stratification.--Current-cleavage.--Great valleys.--Van Diemen's
125
Land.--Palaeozoic formation.--Newer formation with volcanic rocks.--
126
Travertin with leaves of extinct plants.--Elevation of the land.--New
127
Zealand.--King George's Sound.--Superficial ferruginous beds.--Superficial
128
calcareous deposits, with casts of branches; its origin from drifted
129
particles of shells and corals.--Their extent.--Cape of Good Hope.--
130
Junction of the granite and clay-slate.--Sandstone formation.
131
132
133
INDEX.
134
135
136
137
138
GEOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON VOLCANIC ISLANDS.
139
140
141
CRITICAL INTRODUCTION.
142
143
The preparation of the series of works published under the general title
144
"Geology of the Voyage of the 'Beagle'" occupied a great part of Darwin's
145
time during the ten years that followed his return to England. The second
146
volume of the series, entitled "Geological Observations on Volcanic
147
Islands, with Brief Notices on the Geology of Australia and the Cape of
148
Good Hope," made its appearance in 1844. The materials for this volume were
149
collected in part during the outward voyage, when the "Beagle" called at
150
St. Jago in the Cape de Verde Islands, and St. Paul's Rocks, and at
151
Fernando Noronha, but mainly during the homeward cruise; then it was that
152
the Galapagos Islands were surveyed, the Low Archipelago passed through,
153
and Tahiti visited; after making calls at the Bay of Islands, in New
154
Zealand, and also at Sydney, Hobart Town and King George's Sound in
155
Australia, the "Beagle" sailed across the Indian Ocean to the little group
156
of the Keeling or Cocos Islands, which Darwin has rendered famous by his
157
observations, and thence to Mauritius; calling at the Cape of Good Hope on
158
her way, the ship then proceeded successively to St. Helena and Ascension,
159
and revisited the Cape de Verde Islands before finally reaching England.
160
161
Although Darwin was thus able to gratify his curiosity by visits to a great
162
number of very interesting volcanic districts, the voyage opened for him
163
with a bitter disappointment. He had been reading Humboldt's "Personal
164
Narrative" during his last year's residence in Cambridge, and had copied
165
out from it long passages about Teneriffe. He was actually making inquiries
166
as to the best means of visiting that island, when the offer was made to
167
him to accompany Captain Fitzroy in the "Beagle. " His friend Henslow too,
168
on parting with him, had given him the advice to procure and read the
169
recently published first volume of the "Principles of Geology," though he
170
warned him against accepting the views advocated by its author. During the
171
time the "Beagle" was beating backwards and forwards when the voyage
172
commenced, Darwin, although hardly ever able to leave his berth, was
173
employing all the opportunities which the terrible sea-sickness left him,
174
in studying Humboldt and Lyell. We may therefore form an idea of his
175
feelings when, on the ship reaching Santa Cruz, and the Peak of Teneriffe
176
making its appearance among the clouds, they were suddenly informed that an
177
outbreak of cholera would prevent any landing!
178
179
Ample compensation for this disappointment was found, however, when the
180
ship reached Porta Praya in St. Jago, the largest of the Cape de Verde
181
Islands. Here he spent three most delightful weeks, and really commenced
182
his work as a geologist and naturalist. Writing to his father he says,
183
"Geologising in a volcanic country is most delightful; besides the interest
184
attached to itself, it leads you into most beautiful and retired spots.
185
Nobody but a person fond of Natural History can imagine the pleasure of
186
strolling under cocoa-nuts in a thicket of bananas and coffee-plants, and
187
an endless number of wild flowers. And this island, that has given me so
188
much instruction and delight, is reckoned the most uninteresting place that
189
we perhaps shall touch at during our voyage. It certainly is generally very
190
barren, but the valleys are more exquisitely beautiful, from the very
191
contrast. It is utterly useless to say anything about the scenery; it would
192
be as profitable to explain to a blind man colours, as to a person who has
193
not been out of Europe, the total dissimilarity of a tropical view.
194
Whenever I enjoy anything, I always look forward to writing it down, either
195
in my log-book (which increases in bulk), or in a letter; so you must
196
excuse raptures, and those raptures badly expressed. I find my collections
197
are increasing wonderfully, and from Rio I think I shall be obliged to send
198
a cargo home."
199
200
The indelible impression made on Darwin's mind by this first visit to a
201
volcanic island, is borne witness to by a remarkable passage in the
202
"Autobiography" written by him in 1876. "The geology of St. Jago is very
203
striking, yet simple; a stream of lava formerly flowed over the bed of the
204
sea, formed of triturated recent shells and corals, which it has baked into
205
a hard white rock. Since then the whole island has been upheaved. But the
206
line of white rock revealed to me a new and important fact, namely that
207
there had been afterwards subsidence round the craters which had since been
208
in action, and had poured forth lava. It then first dawned on me that I
209
might perhaps write a book on the geology of the various countries visited,
210
and this made me thrill with delight. That was a memorable hour to me, and
211
how distinctly I can call to mind the low cliff of lava beneath which I
212
rested, with the sun glaring hot, a few strange desert plants growing near
213
and with living corals in the tidal pools at my feet."
214
215
Only five years before, when listening to poor Professor Jameson's lectures
216
on the effete Wernerianism, which at that time did duty for geological
217
teaching, Darwin had found them "incredibly dull," and he declared that
218
"the sole effect they produced on me was a determination never so long as I
219
lived to read a book on Geology, or in any way to study the science."
220
221
What a contrast we find in the expressions which he makes use of in
222
referring to Geological Science, in his letters written home from the
223
"Beagle!" After alluding to the delight of collecting and studying marine
224
animals, he exclaims, "But Geology carries the day!" Writing to Henslow he
225
says, "I am quite charmed with Geology, but, like the wise animal between
226
two bundles of hay, I do not know which to like best; the old crystalline
227
group of rocks, or the softer and more fossiliferous beds." And just as the
228
long voyage is about to come to a close he again writes, "I find in Geology
229
a never-failing interest; as it has been remarked, it creates the same
230
grand ideas respecting this world which Astronomy does for the Universe."
231
In this passage Darwin doubtless refers to a remark of Sir John Herschel's
232
in his admirable "Preliminary Discourse on the Study of Natural
233
Philosophy,"--a book which exercised a most remarkable and beneficial
234
influence on the mind of the young naturalist.
235
236
If there cannot be any doubt as to the strong predilection in Darwin's mind
237
for geological studies, both during and after the memorable voyage, there
238
is equally little difficulty in perceiving the school of geological thought
239
which, in spite of the warnings of Sedgwick and Henslow, had obtained
240
complete ascendancy over his mind. He writes in 1876: "The very first place
241
which I examined, namely St. Jago in the Cape de Verde Islands, showed me
242
clearly the wonderful superiority of Lyell's manner of treating Geology,
243
compared with that of any other author, whose works I had with me, or ever
244
afterwards read." And again, "The science of Geology is enormously indebted
245
to Lyell--more so, as I believe, than to any other man who ever lived...I
246
am proud to remember that the first place, namely, St. Jago, in the Cape de
247
Verde Archipelago, in which I geologised, convinced me of the infinite
248
superiority of Lyell's views over those advocated in any other work known
249
to me."
250
251
The passages I have cited will serve to show the spirit in which Darwin
252
entered upon his geological studies, and the perusal of the following pages
253
will furnish abundant proofs of the enthusiasm, acumen, and caution with
254
which his researches were pursued.
255
256
Large collections of rocks and minerals were made by Darwin during his
257
researches, and sent home to Cambridge, to be kept under the care of his
258
faithful friend Henslow. After visiting his relations and friends, Darwin's
259
first care on his return to England was to unpack and examine these
260
collections. He accordingly, at the end of 1836, took lodgings for three
261
months in Fitzwilliam Street, Cambridge, so as to be near Henslow; and in
262
studying and determining his geological specimens received much valuable
263
aid from the eminent crystallographer and mineralogist, Professor William
264
Hallows Miller.
265
266
The actual writing of the volume upon volcanic islands was not commenced
267
till 1843, when Darwin had settled in the spot which became his home for
268
the rest of his life--the famous house at Down, in Kent. Writing to his
269
friend Mr. Fox, on March 28th, 1843, he says, "I am very slowly progressing
270
with a volume, or rather pamphlet, on the volcanic islands which we
271
visited: I manage only a couple of hours per day, and that not very
272
regularly. It is uphill work writing books, which cost money in publishing,
273
and which are not read even by geologists."
274
275
The work occupied Darwin during the whole of the year 1843, and was issued
276
in the spring of the following year, the actual time engaged in preparing
277
it being recorded in his diary as "from the summer of 1842 to January
278
1844;" but the author does not appear to have been by any means satisfied
279
with the result when the book was finished. He wrote to Lyell, "You have
280
pleased me much by saying that you intend looking through my 'Volcanic
281
Islands;' it cost me eighteen months!!! and I have heard of very few who
282
have read it. Now I shall feel, whatever little (and little it is) there is
283
confirmatory of old work, or new, will work its effect and not be lost." To
284
Sir Joseph Hooker he wrote, "I have just finished a little volume on the
285
volcanic islands which we visited. I do not know how far you care for dry
286
simple geology, but I hope you will let me send you a copy."
287
288
Every geologist knows how full of interest and suggestiveness is this book
289
of Darwin's on volcanic islands. Probably the scant satisfaction which its
290
author seemed to find in it may be traced to the effect of a contrast which
291
he felt between the memory of glowing delights he had experienced when,
292
hammer in hand, he roamed over new and interesting scenes, and the slow,
293
laborious, and less congenial task of re-writing and arranging his notes in
294
book-form.
295
296
In 1874, in writing an account of the ancient volcanoes of the Hebrides, I
297
had frequent occasion to quote Mr. Darwin's observations on the Atlantic
298
volcanoes, in illustration of the phenomena exhibited by the relics of
299
still older volcanoes in our own islands. Darwin, in writing to his old
300
friend Sir Charles Lyell upon the subject, says, "I was not a little
301
pleased to see my volcanic book quoted, for I thought it was completely
302
dead and forgotten."
303
304
Two years later the original publishers of this book and of that on South
305
America proposed to re-issue them. Darwin at first hesitated, for he seemed
306
to think there could be little of abiding interest in them; he consulted me
307
upon the subject in one of the conversations which I used to have with him
308
at that time, and I strongly urged upon him the reprint of the works. I was
309
much gratified when he gave way upon the point, and consented to their
310
appearing just as originally issued. In his preface he says, "Owing to the
311
great progress which Geology has made in recent times, my views on some few
312
points may be somewhat antiquated, but I have thought it best to leave them
313
as they originally appeared."
314
315
It may be interesting to indicate, as briefly as possible, the chief
316
geological problem upon which the publication of Darwin's "Volcanic
317
Islands" threw new and important light. The merit of the work consisted in
318
supplying interesting observations, which in some cases have proved of
319
crucial value in exploding prevalent fallacies; in calling attention to
320
phenomena and considerations that had been quite overlooked by geologists,
321
but have since exercised an important influence in moulding geological
322
speculation; and lastly in showing the importance which attaches to small
323
and seemingly insignificant causes, some of which afford a key to the
324
explanation of very curious geological problems.
325
326
Visiting as he did the districts in which Von Buch and others had found
327
what they thought to be evidence of the truth of "Elevation-craters,"
328
Darwin was able to show that the facts were capable of a totally different
329
interpretation. The views originally put forward by the old German
330
geologist and traveller, and almost universally accepted by his countrymen,
331
had met with much support from Elie de Beaumont and Dufrenoy, the leaders
332
of geological thought in France. They were, however, stoutly opposed by
333
Scrope and Lyell in this country, and by Constant Prevost and Virlet on the
334
other side of the channel. Darwin, in the work before us, shows how little
335
ground there is for the assumption that the great ring-craters of the
336
Atlantic islands have originated in gigantic blisters of the earth's
337
surface which, opening at the top, have given origin to the craters.
338
Admitting the influence of the injection of lava into the structure of the
339
volcanic cones, in increasing their bulk and elevation, he shows that, in
340
the main, the volcanoes are built up by repeated ejections causing an
341
accumulation of materials around the vent.
342
343
While, however, agreeing on the whole with Scrope and Lyell, as to the
344
explosive origin of ordinary volcanic craters, Darwin clearly saw that, in
345
some cases, great craters might be formed or enlarged, by the subsidence of
346
the floors after eruptions. The importance of this agency, to which too
347
little attention has been directed by geologists, has recently been shown
348
by Professor Dana, in his admirable work on Kilauea and the other great
349
volcanoes of the Hawaiian Archipelago.
350
351
The effects of subsidence at a volcanic centre in producing a downward dip
352
of the strata around it, was first pointed out by Darwin, as the result of
353
his earliest work in the Cape de Verde Islands. Striking illustrations of
354
the same principle have since been pointed out by M. Robert and others in
355
Iceland, by Mr. Heaphy in New Zealand, and by myself in the Western Isles
356
of Scotland.
357
358
Darwin again and again called attention to the evidence that volcanic vents
359
exhibit relations to one another which can only be explained by assuming
360
the existence of lines of fissure in the earth's crust, along which the
361
lavas have made their way to the surface. But he, at the same time, clearly
362
saw that there was no evidence of the occurrence of great deluges of lava
363
along such fissures; he showed how the most remarkable plateaux, composed
364
of successive lava sheets, might be built up by repeated and moderate
365
ejections from numerous isolated vents; and he expressly insists upon the
366
rapidity with which the cinder-cones around the orifices of ejection and
367
the evidences of successive outflows of lava would be obliterated by
368
denudation.
369
370
One of the most striking parts of the book is that in which he deals with
371
the effects of denudation in producing "basal wrecks" or worn down stumps
372
of volcanoes. He was enabled to examine a series of cases in which could be
373
traced every gradation, from perfect volcanic cones down to the solidified
374
plugs which had consolidated in the vents from which ejections had taken
375
place. Darwin's observations on these points have been of the greatest
376
value and assistance to all who have essayed to study the effects of
377
volcanic action during earlier periods of the earth's history. Like Lyell,
378
he was firmly persuaded of the continuity of geological history, and ever
379
delighted in finding indications, in the present order of nature, that the
380
phenomena of the past could be accounted for by means of causes which are
381
still in operation. Lyell's last work in the field was carried on about his
382
home in Forfarshire, and only a few months before his death he wrote to
383
Darwin: "All the work which I have done has confirmed me in the belief that
384
the only difference between Palaeozoic and recent volcanic rocks is no more
385
than we must allow for, by the enormous time to which the products of the
386
oldest volcanoes have been subjected to chemical changes."
387
388
Darwin was greatly impressed, as the result of his studies of volcanic
389
phenomena, followed by an examination of the great granite-masses of the
390
Andes, with the relations between the so-called Plutonic rocks and those of
391
undoubtedly volcanic origin. It was indeed a fortunate circumstance, that
392
after studying some excellent examples of recent volcanic rocks, he
393
proceeded to examine in South America many fine illustrations of the older
394
igneous rock-masses, and especially of the most highly crystalline types of
395
the same, and then on his way home had opportunities of reviving the
396
impression made upon him by the fresh and unaltered volcanic rocks. Some of
397
the general considerations suggested by these observations were discussed
398
in a paper read by him before the Geological Society, on March 7th, 1838,
399
under the title "On the Connection of Certain Volcanic Phenomena, and On
400
the Formation of Mountain-chains, and the Effect of Continental
401
Elevations." The exact bearing of these two classes of facts upon one
402
another are more fully discussed in his book on South American geology.
403
404
The proofs of recent elevation around many of the volcanic islands led
405
Darwin to conclude that volcanic areas were, as a rule, regions in which
406
upward movements were taking place, and he was naturally led to contrast
407
them with the areas in which, as he showed, the occurrence of atolls,
408
encircling reefs, and barrier-reefs afford indication of subsidence. In
409
this way he was able to map out the oceanic areas in different zones, along
410
which opposite kinds of movement were taking place. His conclusions on this
411
subject were full of novelty and suggestiveness.
412
413
Very clearly did Darwin recognise the importance of the fact that most of
414
the oceanic islands appear to be of volcanic origin, though he was careful
415
to point out the remarkable exceptions which somewhat invalidate the
416
generalisation. In his "Origin of Species" he has elaborated the idea and
417
suggested the theory of the permanence of ocean-basins, a suggestion which
418
has been adopted and pushed farther by subsequent authors, than we think
419
its originator would have approved. His caution and fairness of mind on
420
this and similar speculative questions was well-known to all who were in
421
the habit of discussing them with him.
422
423
Some years before the voyage of the "Beagle," Mr. Poulett Scrope had
424
pointed out the remarkable analogies that exist between certain igneous
425
rocks of banded structure, as seen in the Ponza Islands, and the foliated
426
crystalline schists. It does not appear that Darwin was acquainted with
427
this remarkable memoir, but quite independently he called attention to the
428
same phenomena when he came to study some very similar rocks which occur in
429
the island of Ascension. Coming fresh from the study of the great masses of
430
crystalline schist in the South American continent, he was struck by the
431
circumstance that in the undoubtedly igneous rocks of Ascension we find a
432
similar separation of the constituent minerals along parallel "folia."
433
These observations led Darwin to the same conclusion as that arrived at
434
some time before by Scrope--namely that when crystallisation takes place in
435
rock masses under the influence of great deforming stresses, a separation
436
and parallel arrangement of the constituent minerals will result. This is a
437
process which is now fully recognised as having been a potent factor in the
438
production of the metamorphic rock, and has been called by more recent
439
writers "dynamo-metamorphism."
440
441
In this, and in many similar discussions, in which exact mineralogical
442
knowledge was required, it is remarkable how successful Darwin was in
443
making out the true facts with regard to the rocks he studied by the simple
444
aid of a penknife and pocket-lens, supplemented by a few chemical tests and
445
the constant use of the blowpipe. Since his day, the method of study of
446
rocks by thin sections under the microscope has been devised, and has
447
become a most efficient aid in all petrographical inquiries. During the
448
voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger," many of the islands studied by Darwin have
449
been revisited and their rocks collected. The results of their study by one
450
of the greatest masters of the science of micropetrography--Professor
451
Renard of Brussels--have been recently published in one of the volumes of
452
"Reports on the 'Challenger' Expedition." While much that is new and
453
valuable has been contributed to geological science by these more recent
454
investigations, and many changes have been made in nomenclature and other
455
points of detail, it is interesting to find that all the chief facts
456
described by Darwin and his friend Professor Miller have stood the test of
457
time and further study, and remain as a monument of the acumen and accuracy
458
in minute observation of these pioneers in geological research.
459
460
JOHN W. JUDD.
461
462
463
464
CHAPTER I.--ST. JAGO, IN THE CAPE DE VERDE ARCHIPELAGO.
465
466
Rocks of the lowest series.
467
A calcareous sedimentary deposit, with recent shells, altered by the
468
contact of superincumbent lava, its horizontality and extent.
469
Subsequent volcanic eruptions, associated with calcareous matter in an
470
earthy and fibrous form, and often enclosed within the separate cells of
471
the scoriae.
472
Ancient and obliterated orifices of eruption of small size.
473
Difficulty of tracing over a bare plain recent streams of lava.
474
Inland hills of more ancient volcanic rock.
475
Decomposed olivine in large masses.
476
Feldspathic rocks beneath the upper crystalline basaltic strata.
477
Uniform structure and form of the more ancient volcanic hills.
478
Form of the valleys near the coast.
479
Conglomerate now forming on the sea beach.
480
481
(FIGURE 1: MAP 1: PART OF ST. JAGO, ONE OF THE CAPE DE VERDE ISLANDS.)
482
483
The island of St. Jago extends in a N.N.W. and S.S.E. direction, thirty
484
miles in length by about twelve in breadth. My observations, made during
485
two visits, were confined to the southern portion within the distance of a
486
few leagues from Porto Praya. The country, viewed from the sea, presents a
487
varied outline: smooth conical hills of a reddish colour (like Red Hill in
488
Figure 1 (Map 1). (The outline of the coast, the position of the villages,
489
streamlets, and of most of the hills in this woodcut, are copied from the
490
chart made on board H.M.S. "Leven." The square-topped hills (A, B, C, etc.)
491
are put in merely by eye, to illustrate my description.)), and others less
492
regular, flat-topped, and of a blackish colour (like A, B, C,) rise from
493
successive, step-formed plains of lava. At a distance, a chain of
494
mountains, many thousand feet in height, traverses the interior of the
495
island. There is no active volcano in St. Jago, and only one in the group,
496
namely at Fogo. The island since being inhabited has not suffered from
497
destructive earthquakes.
498
499
The lowest rocks exposed on the coast near Porto Praya, are highly
500
crystalline and compact; they appear to be of ancient, submarine, volcanic
501
origin; they are unconformably covered by a thin, irregular, calcareous
502
deposit, abounding with shells of a late tertiary period; and this again is
503
capped by a wide sheet of basaltic lava, which has flowed in successive
504
streams from the interior of the island, between the square-topped hills
505
marked A, B, C, etc. Still more recent streams of lava have been erupted
506
from the scattered cones, such as Red and Signal Post Hills. The upper
507
strata of the square-topped hills are intimately related in mineralogical
508
composition, and in other respects, with the lowest series of the coast-
509
rocks, with which they seem to be continuous.
510
511
MINERALOGICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE ROCKS OF THE LOWEST SERIES.
512
513
These rocks possess an extremely varying character; they consist of black,
514
brown, and grey, compact, basaltic bases, with numerous crystals of augite,
515
hornblende, olivine, mica, and sometimes glassy feldspar. A common variety
516
is almost entirely composed of crystals of augite with olivine. Mica, it is
517
known, seldom occurs where augite abounds; nor probably does the present
518
case offer a real exception, for the mica (at least in my best
519
characterised specimen, in which one nodule of this mineral is nearly half
520
an inch in length) is as perfectly rounded as a pebble in a conglomerate,
521
and evidently has not been crystallised in the base, in which it is now
522
enclosed, but has proceeded from the fusion of some pre-existing rock.
523
These compact lavas alternate with tuffs, amygdaloids, and wacke, and in
524
some places with coarse conglomerate. Some of the argillaceous wackes are
525
of a dark green colour, others, pale yellowish-green, and others nearly
526
white; I was surprised to find that some of the latter varieties, even
527
where whitest, fused into a jet black enamel, whilst some of the green
528
varieties afforded only a pale gray bead. Numerous dikes, consisting
529
chiefly of highly compact augitic rocks, and of gray amygdaloidal
530
varieties, intersect the strata, which have in several places been
531
dislocated with considerable violence, and thrown into highly inclined
532
positions. One line of disturbance crosses the northern end of Quail Island
533
(an islet in the Bay of Porto Praya), and can be followed to the mainland.
534
These disturbances took place before the deposition of the recent
535
sedimentary bed; and the surface, also, had previously been denuded to a
536
great extent, as is shown by many truncated dikes.
537
538
DESCRIPTION OF THE CALCAREOUS DEPOSIT OVERLYING THE FOREGOING VOLCANIC
539
ROCKS.
540
541
This stratum is very conspicuous from its white colour, and from the
542
extreme regularity with which it ranges in a horizontal line for some miles
543
along the coast. Its average height above the sea, measured from the upper
544
line of junction with the superincumbent basaltic lava, is about sixty
545
feet; and its thickness, although varying much from the inequalities of the
546
underlying formation, may be estimated at about twenty feet. It consists of
547
quite white calcareous matter, partly composed of organic debris, and
548
partly of a substance which may be aptly compared in appearance with
549
mortar. Fragments of rock and pebbles are scattered throughout this bed,
550
often forming, especially in the lower part, a conglomerate. Many of the
551
fragments of rock are whitewashed with a thin coating of calcareous matter.
552
At Quail Island, the calcareous deposit is replaced in its lowest part by a
553
soft, brown, earthy tuff, full of Turritellae; this is covered by a bed of
554
pebbles, passing into sandstone, and mixed with fragments of echini, claws
555
of crabs, and shells; the oyster-shells still adhering to the rock on which
556
they grew. Numerous white balls appearing like pisolitic concretions, from
557
the size of a walnut to that of an apple, are embedded in this deposit;
558
they usually have a small pebble in their centres. Although so like
559
concretions, a close examination convinced me that they were Nulliporae,
560
retaining their proper forms, but with their surfaces slightly abraded:
561
these bodies (plants as they are now generally considered to be) exhibit
562
under a microscope of ordinary power, no traces of organisation in their
563
internal structure. Mr. George R. Sowerby has been so good as to examine
564
the shells which I collected: there are fourteen species in a sufficiently
565
perfect condition for their characters to be made out with some degree of
566
certainty, and four which can be referred only to their genera. Of the
567
fourteen shells, of which a list is given in the Appendix, eleven are
568
recent species; one, though undescribed, is perhaps identical with a
569
species which I found living in the harbour of Porto Praya; the two
570
remaining species are unknown, and have been described by Mr. Sowerby.
571
Until the shells of this Archipelago and of the neighbouring coasts are
572
better known, it would be rash to assert that even these two latter shells
573
are extinct. The number of species which certainly belong to existing
574
kinds, although few in number, are sufficient to show that the deposit
575
belongs to a late tertiary period. From its mineralogical character, from
576
the number and size of the embedded fragments, and from the abundance of
577
Patellae, and other littoral shells, it is evident that the whole was
578
accumulated in a shallow sea, near an ancient coast-line.
579
580
EFFECTS PRODUCED BY THE FLOWING OF THE SUPERINCUMBENT BASALTIC LAVA OVER
581
THE CALCAREOUS DEPOSIT.
582
583
These effects are very curious. The calcareous matter is altered to the
584
depth of about a foot beneath the line of junction; and a most perfect
585
gradation can be traced, from loosely aggregated, small, particles of
586
shells, corallines, and Nulliporae, into a rock, in which not a trace of
587
mechanical origin can be discovered, even with a microscope. Where the
588
metamorphic change has been greatest, two varieties occur. The first is a
589
hard, compact, white, fine-grained rock, striped with a few parallel lines
590
of black volcanic particles, and resembling a sandstone, but which, upon
591
close examination, is seen to be crystallised throughout, with the
592
cleavages so perfect that they can be readily measured by the reflecting
593
goniometer. In specimens, where the change has been less complete, when
594
moistened and examined under a strong lens, the most interesting gradation
595
can be traced, some of the rounded particles retaining their proper forms,
596
and others insensibly melting into the granulo-crystalline paste. The
597
weathered surface of this stone, as is so frequently the case with ordinary
598
limestones, assumes a brick-red colour.
599
600
The second metamorphosed variety is likewise a hard rock, but without any
601
crystalline structure. It consists of a white, opaque, compact, calcareous
602
stone, thickly mottled with rounded, though regular, spots of a soft,
603
earthy, ochraceous substance. This earthy matter is of a pale yellowish-
604
brown colour, and appears to be a mixture of carbonate of lime with iron;
605
it effervesces with acids, is infusible, but blackens under the blowpipe,
606
and becomes magnetic. The rounded form of the minute patches of earthy
607
substance, and the steps in the progress of their perfect formation, which
608
can be followed in a suit of specimens, clearly show that they are due
609
either to some power of aggregation in the earthy particles amongst
610
themselves, or more probably to a strong attraction between the atoms of
611
the carbonate of line, and consequently to the segregation of the earthy
612
extraneous matter. I was much interested by this fact, because I have often
613
seen quartz rocks (for instance, in the Falkland Islands, and in the lower
614
Silurian strata of the Stiper-stones in Shropshire), mottled in a precisely
615
analogous manner, with little spots of a white, earthy substance (earthy
616
feldspar?); and these rocks, there was good reason to suppose, had
617
undergone the action of heat,--a view which thus receives confirmation.
618
This spotted structure may possibly afford some indication in
619
distinguishing those formations of quartz, which owe their present
620
structure to igneous action, from those produced by the agency of water
621
alone; a source of doubt, which I should think from my own experience, that
622
most geologists, when examining arenaceo-quartzose districts must have
623
experienced.
624
625
The lowest and most scoriaceous part of the lava, in rolling over the
626
sedimentary deposit at the bottom of the sea, has caught up large
627
quantities of calcareous matter, which now forms a snow-white, highly
628
crystalline basis to a breccia, including small pieces of black, glossy
629
scoriae. A little above this, where the lime is less abundant, and the lava
630
more compact, numerous little balls, composed of spicula of calcareous
631
spar, radiating from common centres, occupy the interstices. In one part of
632
Quail Island, the lime has thus been crystallised by the heat of the
633
superincumbent lava, where it is only thirteen feet in thickness; nor had
634
the lava been originally thicker, and since reduced by degradation, as
635
could be told from the degree of cellularity of its surface. I have already
636
observed that the sea must have been shallow in which the calcareous
637
deposit was accumulated. In this case, therefore, the carbonic acid gas has
638
been retained under a pressure, insignificant compared with that (a column
639
of water, 1,708 feet in height) originally supposed by Sir James Hall to be
640
requisite for this end: but since his experiments, it has been discovered
641
that pressure has less to do with the retention of carbonic acid gas, than
642
the nature of the circumjacent atmosphere; and hence, as is stated to be
643
the case by Mr. Faraday, masses of limestone are sometimes fused and
644
crystallised even in common limekilns. (I am much indebted to Mr. E.W.
645
Brayley in having given me the following references to papers on this
646
subject: Faraday in the "Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal" volume 15
647
page 398; Gay-Lussac in "Annales de Chem. et Phys." tome 63 page 219
648
translated in the "London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine" volume 10
649
page 496.) Carbonate of lime can be heated to almost any degree, according
650
to Faraday, in an atmosphere of carbonic acid gas, without being
651
decomposed; and Gay-Lussac found that fragments of limestone, placed in a
652
tube and heated to a degree, not sufficient by itself to cause their
653
decomposition, yet immediately evolved their carbonic acid, when a stream
654
of common air or steam was passed over them: Gay-Lussac attributes this to
655
the mechanical displacement of the nascent carbonic acid gas. The
656
calcareous matter beneath the lava, and especially that forming the
657
crystalline spicula between the interstices of the scoriae, although heated
658
in an atmosphere probably composed chiefly of steam, could not have been
659
subjected to the effects of a passing stream; and hence it is, perhaps,
660
that they have retained their carbonic acid, under a small amount of
661
pressure.
662
663
The fragments of scoriae, embedded in the crystalline calcareous basis, are
664
of a jet black colour, with a glossy fracture like pitchstone. Their
665
surfaces, however, are coated with a layer of a reddish-orange, translucent
666
substance, which can easily be scratched with a knife; hence they appear as
667
if overlaid by a thin layer of rosin. Some of the smaller fragments are
668
partially changed throughout into this substance: a change which appears
669
quite different from ordinary decomposition. At the Galapagos Archipelago
670
(as will be described in a future chapter), great beds are formed of
671
volcanic ashes and particles of scoriae, which have undergone a closely
672
similar change.
673
674
THE EXTENT AND HORIZONTALITY OF THE CALCAREOUS STRATUM.
675
676
(FIGURE 2: SIGNAL POST HILL. (Section with A low and C high.)
677
678
A.--Ancient volcanic rocks.
679
680
B.--Calcareous stratum.
681
682
C.--Upper basaltic lava.)
683
684
The upper line of surface of the calcareous stratum, which is so
685
conspicuous from being quite white and so nearly horizontal, ranges for
686
miles along the coast, at the height of about sixty feet above the sea. The
687
sheet of basalt, by which it is capped, is on an average eighty feet in
688
thickness. Westward of Porto Praya beyond Red Hill, the white stratum with
689
the superincumbent basalt is covered up by more recent streams. Northward
690
of Signal Post Hill, I could follow it with my eye, trending away for
691
several miles along the sea cliffs. The distance thus observed is about
692
seven miles; but I cannot doubt from its regularity that it extends much
693
farther. In some ravines at right angles to the coast, it is seen gently
694
dipping towards the sea, probably with the same inclination as when
695
deposited round the ancient shores of the island. I found only one inland
696
section, namely, at the base of the hill marked A, where, at the height of
697
some hundred feet, this bed was exposed; it here rested on the usual
698
compact augitic rock associated with wacke, and was covered by the
699
widespread sheet of modern basaltic lava. Some exceptions occur to the
700
horizontality of the white stratum: at Quail Island, its upper surface is
701
only forty feet above the level of the sea; here also the capping of lava
702
is only between twelve and fifteen feet in thickness; on the other hand, at
703
the north-east side of Porto Praya harbour, the calcareous stratum, as well
704
as the rock on which it rests, attain a height above the average level: the
705
inequality of level in these two cases is not, as I believe, owing to
706
unequal elevation, but to original irregularities at the bottom of the sea.
707
Of this fact, at Quail Island, there was clear evidence in the calcareous
708
deposit being in one part of much greater than the average thickness, and
709
in another part being entirely absent; in this latter case, the modern
710
basaltic lavas rested directly on those of more ancient origin.
711
712
Under Signal Post Hill, the white stratum dips into the sea in a remarkable
713
manner. This hill is conical, 450 feet in height, and retains some traces
714
of having had a crateriform structure; it is composed chiefly of matter
715
erupted posteriorly to the elevation of the great basaltic plain, but
716
partly of lava of apparently submarine origin and of considerable
717
antiquity. The surrounding plain, as well as the eastern flank of this
718
hill, has been worn into steep precipices, overhanging the sea. In these
719
precipices, the white calcareous stratum may be seen, at the height of
720
about seventy feet above the beach, running for some miles both northward
721
and southward of the hill, in a line appearing to be perfectly horizontal;
722
but for a space of a quarter of a mile directly under the hill, it dips
723
into the sea and disappears. On the south side the dip is gradual, on the
724
north side it is more abrupt, as is shown in Figure 2. As neither the
725
calcareous stratum, nor the superincumbent basaltic lava (as far as the
726
latter can be distinguished from the more modern ejections), appears to
727
thicken as it dips, I infer that these strata were not originally
728
accumulated in a trough, the centre of which afterwards became a point of
729
eruption; but that they have subsequently been disturbed and bent. We may
730
suppose either that Signal Post Hill subsided after its elevation with the
731
surrounding country, or that it never was uplifted to the same height with
732
it. This latter seems to me the most probable alternative, for during the
733
slow and equable elevation of this portion of the island, the subterranean
734
motive power, from expending part of its force in repeatedly erupting
735
volcanic matter from beneath this point, would, it is likely, have less
736
force to uplift it. Something of the same kind seems to have occurred near
737
Red Hill, for when tracing upwards the naked streams of lava from near
738
Porto Praya towards the interior of the island, I was strongly induced to
739
suspect, that since the lava had flowed, the slope of the land had been
740
slightly modified, either by a small subsidence near Red Hill, or by that
741
portion of the plain having been uplifted to a less height during the
742
elevation of the whole area.
743
744
THE BASALTIC LAVA, SUPERINCUMBENT ON THE CALCAREOUS DEPOSIT.
745
746
This lava is of a pale grey colour, fusing into a black enamel; its
747
fracture is rather earthy and concretionary; it contains olivine in small
748
grains. The central parts of the mass are compact, or at most crenulated
749
with a few minute cavities, and are often columnar. At Quail Island this
750
structure was assumed in a striking manner; the lava in one part being
751
divided into horizontal laminae, which became in another part split by
752
vertical fissures into five-sided plates; and these again, being piled on
753
each other, insensibly became soldered together, forming fine symmetrical
754
columns. The lower surface of the lava is vesicular, but sometimes only to
755
the thickness of a few inches; the upper surface, which is likewise
756
vesicular, is divided into balls, frequently as much as three feet in
757
diameter, made up of concentric layers. The mass is composed of more than
758
one stream; its total thickness being, on an average, about eighty feet:
759
the lower portion has certainly flowed beneath the sea, and probably
760
likewise the upper portion. The chief part of this lava has flowed from the
761
central districts, between the hills marked A, B, C, etc., in the woodcut-
762
map. The surface of the country, near the coast, is level and barren;
763
towards the interior, the land rises by successive terraces, of which four,
764
when viewed from a distance, could be distinctly counted.
765
766
VOLCANIC ERUPTIONS SUBSEQUENT TO THE ELEVATION OF THE COASTLAND; THE
767
EJECTED MATTER ASSOCIATED WITH EARTHY LIME.
768
769
These recent lavas have proceeded from those scattered, conical, reddish-
770
coloured hills, which rise abruptly from the plain-country near the coast.
771
I ascended some of them, but will describe only one, namely, RED HILL,
772
which may serve as a type of its class, and is remarkable in some especial
773
respects. Its height is about six hundred feet; it is composed of bright
774
red, highly scoriaceous rock of a basaltic nature; on one side of its
775
summit there is a hollow, probably the last remnant of a crater. Several of
776
the other hills of this class, judging from their external forms, are
777
surmounted by much more perfect craters. When sailing along the coast, it
778
was evident that a considerable body of lava had flowed from Red Hill, over
779
a line of cliff about one hundred and twenty feet in height, into the sea:
780
this line of cliff is continuous with that forming the coast, and bounding
781
the plain on both sides of this hill; these streams, therefore, were
782
erupted, after the formation of the coast-cliffs, from Red Hill, when it
783
must have stood, as it now does, above the level of the sea. This
784
conclusion accords with the highly scoriaceous condition of all the rock on
785
it, appearing to be of subaerial formation: and this is important, as there
786
are some beds of calcareous matter near its summit, which might, at a hasty
787
glance, have been mistaken for a submarine deposit. These beds consist of
788
white, earthy, carbonate of lime, extremely friable so as to be crushed
789
with the least pressure; the most compact specimens not resisting the
790
strength of the fingers. Some of the masses are as white as quicklime, and
791
appear absolutely pure; but on examining them with a lens, minute particles
792
of scoriae can always be seen, and I could find none which, when dissolved
793
in acids, did not leave a residue of this nature. It is, moreover,
794
difficult to find a particle of the lime which does not change colour under
795
the blowpipe, most of them even becoming glazed. The scoriaceous fragments
796
and the calcareous matter are associated in the most irregular manner,
797
sometimes in obscure beds, but more generally as a confused breccia, the
798
lime in some parts and the scoriae in others being most abundant. Sir H. De
799
la Beche has been so kind as to have some of the purest specimens analysed,
800
with a view to discover, considering their volcanic origin, whether they
801
contained much magnesia; but only a small portion was found, such as is
802
present in most limestones.
803
804
Fragments of the scoriae embedded in the calcareous mass, when broken,
805
exhibit many of their cells lined and partly filled with a white, delicate,
806
excessively fragile, moss-like, or rather conferva-like, reticulation of
807
carbonate of lime. These fibres, examined under a lens of one-tenth of an
808
inch focal distance, appear cylindrical; they are rather above one-
809
thousandth of an inch in diameter; they are either simply branched, or more
810
commonly united into an irregular mass of network, with the meshes of very
811
unequal sizes and of unequal numbers of sides. Some of the fibres are
812
thickly covered with extremely minute spicula, occasionally aggregated into
813
little tuffs; and hence they have a hairy appearance. These spicula are of
814
the same diameter throughout their length; they are easily detached, so
815
that the object-glass of the microscope soon becomes scattered over with
816
them. Within the cells of many fragments of the scoria, the lime exhibits
817
this fibrous structure, but generally in a less perfect degree. These cells
818
do not appear to be connected with one another. There can be no doubt, as
819
will presently be shown, that the lime was erupted, mingled with the lava
820
in its fluid state, and therefore I have thought it worth while to describe
821
minutely this curious fibrous structure, of which I know nothing analogous.
822
From the earthy condition of the fibres, this structure does not appear to
823
be related to crystallisation.
824
825
Other fragments of the scoriaceous rock from this hill, when broken, are
826
often seen marked with short and irregular white streaks, which are owing
827
to a row of separate cells being partly, or quite, filled with white
828
calcareous powder. This structure immediately reminded me of the appearance
829
in badly kneaded dough, of balls and drawn-out streaks of flour, which have
830
remained unmixed with the paste; and I cannot doubt that small masses of
831
the lime, in the same manner remaining unmixed with the fluid lava, have
832
been drawn out when the whole was in motion. I carefully examined, by
833
trituration and solution in acids, pieces of the scoriae, taken from within
834
half-an-inch of those cells which were filled with the calcareous powder,
835
and they did not contain an atom of free lime. It is obvious that the lava
836
and lime have on a large scale been very imperfectly mingled; and where
837
small portions of the lime have been entangled within a piece of the viscid
838
lava, the cause of their now occupying, in the form of a powder or of a
839
fibrous reticulation, the vesicular cavities, is, I think, evidently due to
840
the confined gases having most readily expanded at the points where the
841
incoherent lime rendered the lava less adhesive.
842
843
A mile eastward of the town of Praya, there is a steep-sided gorge, about
844
one hundred and fifty yards in width, cutting through the basaltic plain
845
and underlying beds, but since filled up by a stream of more modern lava.
846
This lava is dark grey, and in most parts compact and rudely columnar; but
847
at a little distance from the coast, it includes in an irregular manner a
848
brecciated mass of red scoriae mingled with a considerable quantity of
849
white, friable, and in some parts, nearly pure earthy lime, like that on
850
the summit of Red Hill. This lava, with its entangled lime, has certainly
851
flowed in the form of a regular stream; and, judging from the shape of the
852
gorge, towards which the drainage of the country (feeble though it now be)
853
still is directed, and from the appearance of the bed of loose water-worn
854
blocks with their interstices unfilled, like those in the bed of a torrent,
855
on which the lava rests, we may conclude that the stream was of subaerial
856
origin. I was unable to trace it to its source, but, from its direction, it
857
seemed to have come from Signal Post Hill, distant one mile and a quarter,
858
which, like Red Hill, has been a point of eruption subsequent to the
859
elevation of the great basaltic plain. It accords with this view, that I
860
found on Signal Post Hill, a mass of earthy, calcareous matter of the same
861
nature, mingled with scoriae. I may here observe that part of the
862
calcareous matter forming the horizontal sedimentary bed, especially the
863
finer matter with which the embedded fragments of rock are whitewashed, has
864
probably been derived from similar volcanic eruptions, as well as from
865
triturated organic remains: the underlying, ancient, crystalline rocks,
866
also, are associated with much carbonate of lime, filling amygdaloidal
867
cavities, and forming irregular masses, the nature of which latter I was
868
unable to understand.
869
870
Considering the abundance of earthy lime near the summit of Red Hill, a
871
volcanic cone six hundred feet in height, of subaerial growth,--considering
872
the intimate manner in which minute particles and large masses of scoriae
873
are embedded in the masses of nearly pure lime, and on the other hand, the
874
manner in which small kernels and streaks of the calcareous powder are
875
included in solid pieces of the scoriae,--considering, also, the similar
876
occurrence of lime and scoriae within a stream of lava, also supposed, with
877
good reason, to have been of modern subaerial origin, and to have flowed
878
from a hill, where earthy lime also occurs: I think, considering these
879
facts, there can be no doubt that the lime has been erupted, mingled with
880
the molten lava. I am not aware that any similar case has been described:
881
it appears to me an interesting one, inasmuch as most geologists must have
882
speculated on the probable effects of a volcanic focus, bursting through
883
deep-seated beds of different mineralogical composition. The great
884
abundance of free silex in the trachytes of some countries (as described by
885
Beudant in Hungary, and by P. Scrope in the Panza Islands), perhaps solves
886
the inquiry with respect to deep-seated beds of quartz; and we probably
887
here see it answered, where the volcanic action has invaded subjacent
888
masses of limestone. One is naturally led to conjecture in what state the
889
now earthy carbonate of lime existed, when ejected with the intensely
890
heated lava: from the extreme cellularity of the scoriae on Red Hill, the
891
pressure cannot have been great, and as most volcanic eruptions are
892
accompanied by the emission of large quantities of steam and other gases,
893
we here have the most favourable conditions, according to the views at
894
present entertained by chemists, for the expulsion of the carbonic acid.
895
(Whilst deep beneath the surface, the carbonate of lime was, I presume, in
896
a fluid state. Hutton, it is known, thought that all amygdaloids were
897
produced by drops of molten limestone floating in the trap, like oil in
898
water: this no doubt is erroneous, but if the matter forming the summit of
899
Red Hill had been cooled under the pressure of a moderately deep sea, or
900
within the walls of a dike, we should, in all probability, have had a trap
901
rock associated with large masses of compact, crystalline, calcareous spar,
902
which, according to the views entertained by many geologists, would have
903
been wrongly attributed to subsequent infiltration.) Has the slow re-
904
absorption of this gas, it may be asked, given to the lime in the cells of
905
the lava, that peculiar fibrous structure, like that of an efflorescing
906
salt? Finally, I may remark on the great contrast in appearance between
907
this earthy lime, which must have been heated in a free atmosphere of steam
908
and other gases, while the white, crystalline, calcareous spar, produced by
909
a single thin sheet of lava (as at Quail Island) rolling over similar
910
earthy lime and the debris of organic remains, at the bottom of a shallow
911
sea.
912
913
SIGNAL POST HILL.
914
915
This hill has already been several times mentioned, especially with
916
reference to the remarkable manner in which the white calcareous stratum,
917
in other parts so horizontal (Figure 2), dips under it into the sea. It has
918
a broad summit, with obscure traces of a crateriform structure, and is
919
composed of basaltic rocks (Of these, one common variety is remarkable for
920
being full of small fragments of a dark jasper-red earthy mineral, which,
921
when examined carefully, shows an indistinct cleavage; the little fragments
922
are elongated in form, are soft, are magnetic before and after being
923
heated, and fuse with difficulty into a dull enamel. This mineral is
924
evidently closely related to the oxides of iron, but I cannot ascertain
925
what it exactly is. The rock containing this mineral is crenulated with
926
small angular cavities, which are lined and filled with yellowish crystals
927
of carbonate of lime.), some compact, others highly cellular with inclined
928
beds of loose scoriae, of which some are associated with earthy lime. Like
929
Red Hill, it has been the source of eruptions, subsequently to the
930
elevation of the surrounding basaltic plain; but unlike that hill, it has
931
undergone considerable denudation, and has been the seat of volcanic action
932
at a remote period, when beneath the sea. I judge of this latter
933
circumstance from finding on its inland flank the last remains of three
934
small points of eruption. These points are composed of glossy scoriae,
935
cemented by crystalline calcareous spar, exactly like the great submarine
936
calcareous deposit, where the heated lava has rolled over it: their
937
demolished state can, I think, be explained only by the denuding action of
938
the waves of the sea. I was guided to the first orifice by observing a
939
sheet of lava, about two hundred yards square, with steepish sides,
940
superimposed on the basaltic plain with no adjoining hillock, whence it
941
could have been erupted; and the only trace of a crater which I was able to
942
discover, consisted of some inclined beds of scoriae at one of its corners.
943
At the distance of fifty yards from a second level-topped patch of lava,
944
but of much smaller size, I found an irregular circular group of masses of
945
cemented, scoriaceous breccia, about six feet in height, which doubtless
946
had once formed the point of eruption. The third orifice is now marked only
947
by an irregular circle of cemented scoriae, about four yards in diameter,
948
and rising in its highest point scarcely three feet above the level of the
949
plain, the surface of which, close all round, exhibits its usual
950
appearance: here we have a horizontal basal section of a volcanic spiracle,
951
which, together with all its ejected matter, has been almost totally
952
obliterated.
953
954
The stream of lava, which fills the narrow gorge eastward of the town of
955
Praya, judging from its course, seems, as before remarked, to have come
956
from Signal Post Hill, and to have flowed over the plain, after its
957
elevation (The sides of this gorge, where the upper basaltic stratum is
958
intersected, are almost perpendicular. The lava, which has since filled it
959
up, is attached to these sides, almost as firmly as a dike is to its walls.
960
In most cases, where a stream of lava has flowed down a valley, it is
961
bounded on each side by loose scoriaceous masses.): the same observation
962
applies to a stream (possibly part of the same one) capping the sea cliffs,
963
a little eastward of the gorge. When I endeavoured to follow these streams
964
over the stony level plain, which is almost destitute of soil and
965
vegetation, I was much surprised to find, that although composed of hard
966
basaltic matter, and not having been exposed to marine denudation, all
967
distant traces of them soon became utterly lost. But I have since observed
968
at the Galapagos Archipelago, that it is often impossible to follow even
969
great deluges of quite recent lava across older streams, except by the size
970
of the bushes growing on them, or by the comparative states of glossiness
971
of their surfaces,--characters which a short lapse of time would be
972
sufficient quite to obscure. I may remark, that in a level country, with a
973
dry climate, and with the wind blowing always in one direction (as at the
974
Cape de Verde Archipelago), the effects of atmospheric degradation are
975
probably much greater than would at first be expected; for soil in this
976
case accumulates only in a few protected hollows, and being blown in one
977
direction, it is always travelling towards the sea in the form of the
978
finest dust, leaving the surface of the rocks bare, and exposed to the full
979
effects of renewed meteoric action.
980
981
INLAND HILLS OF MORE ANCIENT VOLCANIC ROCKS.
982
983
These hills are laid down by eye, and marked as A, B, C, etc., in Map 1.
984
They are related in mineralogical composition, and are probably directly
985
continuous with the lowest rocks exposed on the coast. These hills, viewed
986
from a distance, appear as if they had once formed part of an irregular
987
tableland, and from their corresponding structure and composition this
988
probably has been the case. They have flat, slightly inclined summits, and
989
are, on an average, about six hundred feet in height; they present their
990
steepest slope towards the interior of the island, from which point they
991
radiate outwards, and are separated from each other by broad and deep
992
valleys, through which the great streams of lava, forming the coast-plains,
993
have descended. Their inner and steeper escarpments are ranged in an
994
irregular curve, which rudely follows the line of the shore, two or three
995
miles inland from it. I ascended a few of these hills, and from others,
996
which I was able to examine with a telescope, I obtained specimens, through
997
the kindness of Mr. Kent, the assistant-surgeon of the "Beagle"; although
998
by these means I am acquainted with only a part of the range, five or six
999
miles in length, yet I scarcely hesitate, from their uniform structure, to
1000
affirm that they are parts of one great formation, stretching round much of
1001
the circumference of the island.
1002
1003
The upper and lower strata of these hills differ greatly in composition.
1004
The upper are basaltic, generally compact, but sometimes scoriaceous and
1005
amygdaloidal, with associated masses of wacke: where the basalt is compact,
1006
it is either fine-grained or very coarsely crystallised; in the latter case
1007
it passes into an augitic rock, containing much olivine; the olivine is
1008
either colourless, or of the usual yellow and dull reddish shades. On some
1009
of the hills, beds of calcareous matter, both in an earthy and in a
1010
crystalline form, including fragments of glossy scoriae, are associated
1011
with the basaltic strata. These strata differ from the streams of basaltic
1012
lava forming the coast-plains, only in being more compact, and in the
1013
crystals of augite, and in the grains of olivine being of much greater
1014
size;--characters which, together with the appearance of the associated
1015
calcareous beds, induce me to believe that they are of submarine formation.
1016
1017
Some considerable masses of wacke, which are associated with these basaltic
1018
strata, and which likewise occur in the basal series on the coast,
1019
especially at Quail Island, are curious. They consist of a pale yellowish-
1020
green argillaceous substance, of a crumbling texture when dry, but unctuous
1021
when moist: in its purest form, it is of a beautiful green tint, with
1022
translucent edges, and occasionally with obscure traces of an original
1023
cleavage. Under the blowpipe it fuses very readily into a dark grey, and
1024
sometimes even black bead, which is slightly magnetic. From these
1025
characters, I naturally thought that it was one of the pale species,
1026
decomposed, of the genus augite;--a conclusion supported by the unaltered
1027
rock being full of large separate crystals of black augite, and of balls
1028
and irregular streaks of dark grey augitic rock. As the basalt ordinarily
1029
consists of augite, and of olivine often tarnished and of a dull red
1030
colour, I was led to examine the stages of decomposition of this latter
1031
mineral, and I found, to my surprise, that I could trace a nearly perfect
1032
gradation from unaltered olivine to the green wacke. Part of the same grain
1033
under the blowpipe would in some instances behave like olivine, its colour
1034
being only slightly changed, and part would give a black magnetic bead.
1035
Hence I can have no doubt that the greenish wacke originally existed as
1036
olivine; but great chemical changes must have been effected during the act
1037
of decomposition thus to have altered a very hard, transparent, infusible
1038
mineral, into a soft, unctuous, easily melted, argillaceous substance.
1039
(D'Aubuisson "Traite de Geognosie" tome 2 page 569 mentions, on the
1040
authority of M. Marcel de Serres, masses of green earth near Montpellier,
1041
which are supposed to be due to the decomposition of olivine. I do not,
1042
however, find, that the action of this mineral under the blowpipe being
1043
entirely altered, as it becomes decomposed, has been noticed; and the
1044
knowledge of this fact is important, as at first it appears highly
1045
improbable that a hard, transparent, refractory mineral should be changed
1046
into a soft, easily fused clay, like this of St. Jago. I shall hereafter
1047
describe a green substance, forming threads within the cells of some
1048
vesicular basaltic rocks in Van Diemen's Land, which behave under the
1049
blowpipe like the green wacke of St. Jago; but its occurrence in
1050
cylindrical threads, shows it cannot have resulted from the decomposition
1051
of olivine, a mineral always existing in the form of grains or crystals.)
1052
1053
The basal strata of these hills, as well as some neighbouring, separate,
1054
bare, rounded hillocks, consist of compact, fine-grained, non-crystalline
1055
(or so slightly as scarcely to be perceptible), ferruginous, feldspathic
1056
rocks, and generally in a state of semi-decomposition. Their fracture is
1057
exceedingly irregular, and splintery; yet small fragments are often very
1058
tough. They contain much ferruginous matter, either in the form of minute
1059
grains with a metallic lustre, or of brown hair-like threads: the rock in
1060
this latter case assuming a pseudo-brecciated structure. These rocks
1061
sometimes contain mica and veins of agate. Their rusty brown or yellowish
1062
colour is partly due to the oxides of iron, but chiefly to innumerable,
1063
microscopically minute, black specks, which, when a fragment is heated, are
1064
easily fused, and evidently are either hornblende or augite. These rocks,
1065
therefore, although at first appearing like baked clay or some altered
1066
sedimentary deposit, contain all the essential ingredients of trachyte;
1067
from which they differ only in not being harsh, and in not containing
1068
crystals of glassy feldspar. As is so often the case with trachytic
1069
formation, no stratification is here apparent. A person would not readily
1070
believe that these rocks could have flowed as lava; yet at St. Helena there
1071
are well-characterised streams (as will be described in an ensuing chapter)
1072
of nearly similar composition. Amidst the hillocks composed of these rocks,
1073
I found in three places, smooth conical hills of phonolite, abounding with
1074
fine crystals of glassy feldspar, and with needles of hornblende. These
1075
cones of phonolite, I believe, bear the same relation to the surrounding
1076
feldspathic strata which some masses of coarsely crystallised augitic rock,
1077
in another part of the island, bear to the surrounding basalt, namely, that
1078
both have been injected. The rocks of a feldspathic nature being anterior
1079
in origin to the basaltic strata, which cap them, as well as to the
1080
basaltic streams of the coast-plains, accords with the usual order of
1081
succession of these two grand divisions of the volcanic series.
1082
1083
The strata of most of these hills in the upper part, where alone the planes
1084
of division are distinguishable, are inclined at a small angle from the
1085
interior of the island towards the sea-coast. The inclination is not the
1086
same in each hill; in that marked A it is less than in B, D, or E; in C the
1087
strata are scarcely deflected from a horizontal plane, and in F (as far as
1088
I could judge without ascending it) they are slightly inclined in a reverse
1089
direction, that is, inwards and towards the centre of the island.
1090
Notwithstanding these differences of inclination, their correspondence in
1091
external form, and in the composition both of their upper and lower parts,-
1092
-their relative position in one curved line, with their steepest sides
1093
turned inwards,--all seem to show that they originally formed parts of one
1094
platform; which platform, as before remarked, probably extended round a
1095
considerable portion of the circumference of the island. The upper strata
1096
certainly flowed as lava, and probably beneath the sea, as perhaps did the
1097
lower feldspathic masses: how then come these strata to hold their present
1098
position, and whence were they erupted?
1099
1100
In the centre of the island there are lofty mountains, but they are
1101
separated from the steep inland flanks of these hills by a wide space of
1102
lower country: the interior mountains, moreover, seem to have been the
1103
source of those great streams of basaltic lava which, contracting as they
1104
pass between the bases of the hills in question, expand into the coast-
1105
plains. (I saw very little of the inland parts of the island. Near the
1106
village of St. Domingo, there are magnificent cliffs of rather coarsely
1107
crystallised basaltic lava. Following the little stream in this valley,
1108
about a mile above the village, the base of the great cliff was formed of a
1109
compact fine-grained basalt, conformably covered by a bed of pebbles. Near
1110
Fuentes, I met with pap-formed hills of the compact feldspathic series of
1111
rocks.) Round the shores of St. Helena there is a rudely formed ring of
1112
basaltic rocks, and at Mauritius there are remnants of another such a ring
1113
round part, if not round the whole, of the island; here again the same
1114
question immediately occurs, how came these masses to hold their present
1115
position, and whence were they erupted? The same answer, whatever it may
1116
be, probably applies in these three cases; and in a future chapter we shall
1117
recur to this subject.
1118
1119
VALLEYS NEAR THE COAST.
1120
1121
These are broad, very flat, and generally bounded by low cliff-formed
1122
sides. Portions of the basaltic plain are sometimes nearly or quite
1123
isolated by them; of which fact, the space on which the town of Praya
1124
stands offers an instance. The great valley west of the town has its bottom
1125
filled up to a depth of more than twenty feet by well-rounded pebbles,
1126
which in some parts are firmly cemented together by white calcareous
1127
matter. There can be no doubt, from the form of these valleys, that they
1128
were scooped out by the waves of the sea, during that equable elevation of
1129
the land, of which the horizontal calcareous deposit, with its existing
1130
species of marine remains, gives evidence. Considering how well shells have
1131
been preserved in this stratum, it is singular that I could not find even a
1132
single small fragment of shell in the conglomerate at the bottom of the
1133
valleys. The bed of pebbles in the valley west of the town is intersected
1134
by a second valley joining it as a tributary, but even this valley appears
1135
much too wide and flat-bottomed to have been formed by the small quantity
1136
of water, which falls only during one short wet season; for at other times
1137
of the year these valleys are absolutely dry.
1138
1139
RECENT CONGLOMERATE.
1140
1141
On the shores of Quail Island, I found fragments of brick, bolts of iron,
1142
pebbles, and large fragments of basalt, united by a scanty base of impure
1143
calcareous matter into a firm conglomerate. To show how exceedingly firm
1144
this recent conglomerate is, I may mention, that I endeavoured with a heavy
1145
geological hammer to knock out a thick bolt of iron, which was embedded a
1146
little above low-water mark, but was quite unable to succeed.
1147
1148
1149
CHAPTER II.--FERNANDO NORONHA; TERCEIRA; TAHITI, ETC.
1150
1151
FERNANDO NORONHA.
1152
Precipitous hill of phonolite.
1153
1154
TERCEIRA.
1155
Trachytic rocks: their singular decomposition by steam of high temperature.
1156
1157
TAHITI.
1158
Passage from wacke into trap; singular volcanic rock with the vesicles
1159
half-filled with mesotype.
1160
1161
MAURITIUS.
1162
Proofs of its recent elevation.
1163
Structure of its more ancient mountains; similarity with St. Jago.
1164
1165
ST. PAUL'S ROCKS.
1166
Not of volcanic origin.
1167
Their singular mineralogical composition.
1168
1169
1170
FERNANDO NORONHA.
1171
1172
During our short visit at this and the four following islands, I observed
1173
very little worthy of description. Fernando Noronha is situated in the
1174
Atlantic Ocean, in latitude 3 degrees 50 minutes S., and 230 miles distant
1175
from the coast of South America. It consists of several islets, together
1176
nine miles in length by three in breadth. The whole seems to be of volcanic
1177
origin; although there is no appearance of any crater, or of any one
1178
central eminence. The most remarkable feature is a hill 1,000 feet high, of
1179
which the upper 400 feet consist of a precipitous, singularly shaped
1180
pinnacle, formed of columnar phonolite, containing numerous crystals of
1181
glassy feldspar, and a few needles of hornblende. From the highest
1182
accessible point of this hill, I could distinguish in different parts of
1183
the group several other conical hills, apparently of the same nature. At
1184
St. Helena there are similar, great, conical, protuberant masses of
1185
phonolite, nearly one thousand feet in height, which have been formed by
1186
the injection of fluid feldspathic lava into yielding strata. If this hill
1187
has had, as is probable, a similar origin, denudation has been here
1188
effected on an enormous scale. Near the base of this hill, I observed beds
1189
of white tuff, intersected by numerous dikes, some of amygdaloidal basalt
1190
and others of trachyte; and beds of slaty phonolite with the planes of
1191
cleavage directed N.W. and S.E. Parts of this rock, where the crystals were
1192
scanty, closely resembled common clay-slate, altered by the contact of a
1193
trap-dike. The lamination of rocks, which undoubtedly have once been fluid,
1194
appears to me a subject well deserving attention. On the beach there were
1195
numerous fragments of compact basalt, of which rock a distant facade of
1196
columns seemed to be formed.
1197
1198
TERCEIRA IN THE AZORES.
1199
1200
The central parts of this island consist of irregularly rounded mountains
1201
of no great elevation, composed of trachyte, which closely resembles in
1202
general character the trachyte of Ascension, presently to be described.
1203
This formation is in many parts overlaid, in the usual order of
1204
superposition, by streams of basaltic lava, which near the coast compose
1205
nearly the whole surface. The course which these streams have followed from
1206
their craters, can often be followed by the eye. The town of Angra is
1207
overlooked by a crateriform hill (Mount Brazil), entirely built of thin
1208
strata of fine-grained, harsh, brown-coloured tuff. The upper beds are seen
1209
to overlap the basaltic streams on which the town stands. This hill is
1210
almost identical in structure and composition with numerous crateriformed
1211
hills in the Galapagos Archipelago.
1212
1213
EFFECTS OF STEAM ON THE TRACHYTIC ROCKS.
1214
1215
In the central part of the island there is a spot, where steam is
1216
constantly issuing in jets from the bottom of a small ravine-like hollow,
1217
which has no exit, and which abuts against a range of trachytic mountains.
1218
The steam is emitted from several irregular fissures: it is scentless, soon
1219
blackens iron, and is of much too high temperature to be endured by the
1220
hand. The manner in which the solid trachyte is changed on the borders of
1221
these orifices is curious: first, the base becomes earthy, with red
1222
freckles evidently due to the oxidation of particles of iron; then it
1223
becomes soft; and lastly, even the crystals of glassy feldspar yield to the
1224
dissolving agent. After the mass is converted into clay, the oxide of iron
1225
seems to be entirely removed from some parts, which are left perfectly
1226
white, whilst in other neighbouring parts, which are of the brightest red
1227
colour, it seems to be deposited in greater quantity; some other masses are
1228
marbled with two distinct colours. Portions of the white clay, now that
1229
they are dry, cannot be distinguished by the eye from the finest prepared
1230
chalk; and when placed between the teeth they feel equally soft-grained;
1231
the inhabitants use this substance for white-washing their houses. The
1232
cause of the iron being dissolved in one part, and close by being again
1233
deposited, is obscure; but the fact has been observed in several other
1234
places. (Spallanzani, Dolomieu, and Hoffman have described similar cases in
1235
the Italian volcanic islands. Dolomieu says the iron at the Panza Islands
1236
is redeposited in the form of veins (page 86 "Memoire sur les Isles
1237
Ponces"). These authors likewise believe that the steam deposits silica: it
1238
is now experimentally known that vapour of a high temperature is able to
1239
dissolve silica.) In some half-decayed specimens, I found small, globular
1240
aggregations of yellow hyalite, resembling gum-arabic, which no doubt had
1241
been deposited by the steam.
1242
1243
As there is no escape for the rain-water, which trickles down the sides of
1244
the ravine-like hollow, whence the steam issues, it must all percolate
1245
downwards through the fissures at its bottom. Some of the inhabitants
1246
informed me that it was on record that flames (some luminous appearance?)
1247
had originally proceeded from these cracks, and that the flames had been
1248
succeeded by the steam; but I was not able to ascertain how long this was
1249
ago, or anything certain on the subject. When viewing the spot, I imagined
1250
that the injection of a large mass of rock. like the cone of phonolite at
1251
Fernando Noronha, in a semi-fluid state, by arching the surface might have
1252
caused a wedge-shaped hollow with cracks at the bottom, and that the rain-
1253
water percolating to the neighbourhood of the heated mass, would during
1254
many succeeding years be driven back in the form of steam.
1255
1256
TAHITI (OTAHEITE).
1257
1258
I visited only a part of the north-western side of this island, and this
1259
part is entirely composed of volcanic rocks. Near the coast there are
1260
several varieties of basalt, some abounding with large crystals of augite
1261
and tarnished olivine, others compact and earthy,--some slightly vesicular,
1262
and others occasionally amygdaloidal. These rocks are generally much
1263
decomposed, and to my surprise, I found in several sections that it was
1264
impossible to distinguish, even approximately, the line of separation
1265
between the decayed lava and the alternating beds of tuff. Since the
1266
specimens have become dry, it is rather more easy to distinguish the
1267
decomposed igneous rocks from the sedimentary tuffs. This gradation in
1268
character between rocks having such widely different origins, may I think
1269
be explained by the yielding under pressure of the softened sides of the
1270
vesicular cavities, which in many volcanic rocks occupy a large proportion
1271
of their bulk. As the vesicles generally increase in size and number in the
1272
upper parts of a stream of lava, so would the effects of their compression
1273
increase; the yielding, moreover, of each lower vesicle must tend to
1274
disturb all the softened matter above it. Hence we might expect to trace a
1275
perfect gradation from an unaltered crystalline rock to one in which all
1276
the particles (although originally forming part of the same solid mass) had
1277
undergone mechanical displacement; and such particles could hardly be
1278
distinguished from others of similar composition, which had been deposited
1279
as sediment. As lavas are sometimes laminated in their upper parts even
1280
horizontal lines, appearing like those of aqueous deposition, could not in
1281
all cases be relied on as a criterion of sedimentary origin. From these
1282
considerations it is not surprising that formerly many geologists believed
1283
in real transitions from aqueous deposits, through wacke, into igneous
1284
traps.
1285
1286
In the valley of Tia-auru, the commonest rocks are basalts with much
1287
olivine, and in some cases almost composed of large crystals of augite. I
1288
picked up some specimens, with much glassy feldspar, approaching in
1289
character to trachyte. There were also many large blocks of vesicular
1290
basalt, with the cavities beautifully lined with chabasie (?), and
1291
radiating bundles of mesotype. Some of these specimens presented a curious
1292
appearance, owing to a number of the vesicles being half filled up with a
1293
white, soft, earthy mesotypic mineral, which intumesced under the blowpipe
1294
in a remarkable manner. As the upper surfaces in all the half-filled cells
1295
are exactly parallel, it is evident that this substance has sunk to the
1296
bottom of each cell from its weight. Sometimes, however, it entirely fills
1297
the cells. Other cells are either quite filled, or lined, with small
1298
crystals, apparently of chabasie; these crystals, also, frequently line the
1299
upper half of the cells partly filled with the earthy mineral, as well as
1300
the upper surface of this substance itself, in which case the two minerals
1301
appear to blend into each other. I have never seen any other amygdaloid
1302
with the cells half filled in the manner here described; and it is
1303
difficult to imagine the causes which determined the earthy mineral to sink
1304
from its gravity to the bottom of the cells, and the crystalline mineral to
1305
adhere in a coating of equal thickness round the sides of the cells.
1306
(MacCulloch, however, has described and given a plate of ("Geolog. Trans."
1307
1st series volume 4 page 225) a trap rock, with cavities filled up
1308
horizontally with quartz and chalcedony. The upper halves of these cavities
1309
are often filled by layers, which follow each irregularity of the surface,
1310
and by little depending stalactites of the same siliceous substances.)
1311
1312
The basic strata on the sides of the valley are gently inclined seaward,
1313
and I nowhere observed any sign of disturbance; the strata are separated
1314
from each other by thick, compact beds of conglomerate, in which the
1315
fragments are large, some being rounded, but most angular. From the
1316
character of these beds, from the compact and crystalline condition of most
1317
of the lavas, and from the nature of the infiltrated minerals, I was led to
1318
conjecture that they had originally flowed beneath the sea. This conclusion
1319
agrees with the fact that the Rev. W. Ellis found marine remains at a
1320
considerable height, which he believes were interstratified with volcanic
1321
matter; as is likewise described to be the case by Messrs. Tyerman and
1322
Bennett at Huaheine, an island in this same archipelago. Mr. Stutchbury
1323
also discovered near the summit of one of the loftiest mountains of Tahiti,
1324
at the height of several thousand feet, a stratum of semi-fossil coral.
1325
None of these remains have been specifically examined. On the coast, where
1326
masses of coral-rock would have afforded the clearest evidence, I looked in
1327
vain for any signs of recent elevation. For references to the above
1328
authorities, and for more detailed reasons for not believing that Tahiti
1329
has been recently elevated, I must refer to the "Structure and Distribution
1330
of Coral-Reefs."
1331
1332
MAURITIUS.
1333
1334
Approaching this island on the northern or north-western side, a curved
1335
chain of bold mountains, surmounted by rugged pinnacles, is seen to rise
1336
from a smooth border of cultivated land, which gently slopes down to the
1337
coast. At the first glance, one is tempted to believe that the sea lately
1338
reached the base of these mountains, and upon examination, this view, at
1339
least with respect to the inferior parts of the border, is found to be
1340
perfectly correct. Several authors have described masses of upraised coral-
1341
rock round the greater part of the circumference of the island. (Captain
1342
Carmichael, in Hooker's "Bot. Misc." volume 2 page 301. Captain Lloyd has
1343
lately, in the "Proceedings of the Geological Society" (volume 3 page 317),
1344
described carefully some of these masses. In the "Voyage a l'Isle de
1345
France, par un Officier du Roi," many interesting facts are given on this
1346
subject. Consult also "Voyage aux Quatre Isles d'Afrique, par M. Bory St.
1347
Vincent.") Between Tamarin Bay and the Great Black River I observed, in
1348
company with Captain Lloyd, two hillocks of coral-rock, formed in their
1349
lower part of hard calcareous sandstone, and in their upper of great
1350
blocks, slightly aggregated, of Astraea and Madrepora, and of fragments of
1351
basalt; they were divided into beds dipping seaward, in one case at an
1352
angle of 8 degrees, and in the other at 18 degrees; they had a water-worn
1353
appearance, and they rose abruptly from a smooth surface, strewed with
1354
rolled debris of organic remains, to a height of about twenty feet. The
1355
Officier du Roi, in his most interesting tour in 1768 round the island, has
1356
described masses of upraised coral-rocks, still retaining that moat-like
1357
structure (see my "Coral Reefs") which is characteristic of the living
1358
reefs. On the coast northward of Port Louis, I found the lava concealed for
1359
a considerable space inland by a conglomerate of corals and shells, like
1360
those on the beach, but in parts consolidated by red ferruginous matter. M.
1361
Bory St. Vincent has described similar calcareous beds over nearly the
1362
whole of the plain of Pamplemousses. Near Port Louis, when turning over
1363
some large stones, which lay in the bed of a stream at the head of a
1364
protected creek, and at the height of some yards above the level of spring
1365
tides, I found several shells of serpula still adhering to their under
1366
sides.
1367
1368
The jagged mountains near Port Louis rise to a height of between two and
1369
three thousand feet; they consist of strata of basalt, obscurely separated
1370
from each other by firmly aggregated beds of fragmentary matter; and they
1371
are intersected by a few vertical dikes. The basalt in some parts abounds
1372
with large crystals of augite and olivine, and is generally compact. The
1373
interior of the island forms a plain, raised probably about a thousand feet
1374
above the level of the sea, and composed of streams of lava which have
1375
flowed round and between the rugged basaltic mountains. These more recent
1376
lavas are also basaltic, but less compact, and some of them abound with
1377
feldspar, so that they even fuse into a pale coloured glass. On the banks
1378
of the Great River, a section is exposed nearly five hundred feet deep,
1379
worn through numerous thin sheets of the lava of this series, which are
1380
separated from each other by beds of scoriae. They seem to have been of
1381
subaerial formation, and to have flowed from several points of eruption on
1382
the central platform, of which the Piton du Milieu is said to be the
1383
principal one. There are also several volcanic cones, apparently of this
1384
modern period, round the circumference of the island, especially at the
1385
northern end, where they form separate islets.
1386
1387
The mountains composed of the more compact and crystalline basalt, form the
1388
main skeleton of the island. M. Bailly ("Voyage aux Terres Australes" tome
1389
1 page 54.) states that they all "se developpent autour d'elle comme une
1390
ceinture d'immenses remparts, toutes affectant une pente plus ou moins
1391
enclinee vers le rivage de la mer; tandis, au contraire, que vers le centre
1392
de l'ile elles presentent une coupe abrupte, et souvent taillee a pic.
1393
Toutes ces montagnes sont formees de couches paralleles inclinees du centre
1394
de l'ile vers la mer." These statements have been disputed, though not in
1395
detail, by M. Quoy, in the voyage of Freycinet. As far as my limited means
1396
of observation went, I found them perfectly correct. (M. Lesson, in his
1397
account of this island, in the "Voyage of the 'Coquille'," seems to follow
1398
M. Bailly's views.) The mountains on the N.W. side of the island, which I
1399
examined, namely, La Pouce, Peter Botts, Corps de Garde, Les Mamelles, and
1400
apparently another farther southward, have precisely the external shape and
1401
stratification described by M. Bailly. They form about a quarter of his
1402
girdle of ramparts. Although these mountains now stand quite detached,
1403
being separated from each other by breaches, even several miles in width,
1404
through which deluges of lava have flowed from the interior of the island;
1405
nevertheless, seeing their close general similarity, one must feel
1406
convinced that they originally formed parts of one continuous mass. Judging
1407
from the beautiful map of the Mauritius, published by the Admiralty from a
1408
French MS., there is a range of mountains (M. Bamboo) on the opposite side
1409
of the island, which correspond in height, relative position, and external
1410
form, with those just described. Whether the girdle was ever complete may
1411
well be doubted; but from M. Bailly's statements, and my own observations,
1412
it may be safely concluded that mountains with precipitous inland flanks,
1413
and composed of strata dipping outwards, once extended round a considerable
1414
portion of the circumference of the island. The ring appears to have been
1415
oval and of vast size; its shorter axis, measured across from the inner
1416
sides of the mountains near Port Louis and those near Grand Port, being no
1417
less than thirteen geographical miles in length. M. Bailly boldly supposes
1418
that this enormous gulf, which has since been filled up to a great extent
1419
by streams of modern lava, was formed by the sinking in of the whole upper
1420
part of one great volcano.
1421
1422
It is singular in how many respects those portions of St. Jago and of
1423
Mauritius which I visited agree in their geological history. At both
1424
islands, mountains of similar external form, stratification, and (at least
1425
in their upper beds) composition, follow in a curved chain the coast-line.
1426
These mountains in each case appear originally to have formed parts of one
1427
continuous mass. The basaltic strata of which they are composed, from their
1428
compact and crystalline structure, seem, when contrasted with the
1429
neighbouring basaltic streams of subaerial formation, to have flowed
1430
beneath the pressure of the sea, and to have been subsequently elevated. We
1431
may suppose that the wide breaches between the mountains were in both cases
1432
worn by the waves, during their gradual elevation--of which process, within
1433
recent times, there is abundant evidence on the coast-land of both islands.
1434
At both, vast streams of more recent basaltic lavas have flowed from the
1435
interior of the island, round and between the ancient basaltic hills; at
1436
both, moreover, recent cones of eruption are scattered around the
1437
circumference of the island; but at neither have eruptions taken place
1438
within the period of history. As remarked in the last chapter, it is
1439
probable that these ancient basaltic mountains, which resemble (at least in
1440
many respects) the basal and disturbed remnants of two gigantic volcanoes,
1441
owe their present form, structure, and position, to the action of similar
1442
causes.
1443
1444
ST. PAUL'S ROCKS.
1445
1446
This small island is situated in the Atlantic Ocean, nearly one degree
1447
north of the equator, and 540 miles distant from South America, in 29
1448
degrees 15 minutes west longitude. Its highest point is scarcely fifty feet
1449
above the level of the sea; its outline is irregular, and its entire
1450
circumference barely three-quarters of a mile. This little point of rock
1451
rises abruptly out of the ocean; and, except on its western side, soundings
1452
were not obtained, even at the short distance of a quarter of a mile from
1453
its shore. It is not of volcanic origin; and this circumstance, which is
1454
the most remarkable point in its history (as will hereafter be referred
1455
to), properly ought to exclude it from the present volume. It is composed
1456
of rocks, unlike any which I have met with, and which I cannot characterise
1457
by any name, and must therefore describe.
1458
1459
The simplest, and one of the most abundant kinds, is a very compact, heavy,
1460
greenish-black rock, having an angular, irregular fracture, with some
1461
points just hard enough to scratch glass, and infusible. This variety
1462
passes into others of paler green tints, less hard, but with a more
1463
crystalline fracture, and translucent on their edges; and these are fusible
1464
into a green enamel. Several other varieties are chiefly characterised by
1465
containing innumerable threads of dark-green serpentine, and by having
1466
calcareous matter in their interstices. These rocks have an obscure,
1467
concretionary structure, and are full of variously coloured angular pseudo
1468
fragments. These angular pseudo fragments consist of the first-described
1469
dark green rock, of a brown softer kind, of serpentine, and of a yellowish
1470
harsh stone, which, perhaps, is related to serpentine rock. There are other
1471
vesicular, calcareo-ferruginous, soft stones. There is no distinct
1472
stratification, but parts are imperfectly laminated; and the whole abounds
1473
with innumerable veins, and vein-like masses, both small and large. Of
1474
these vein-like masses, some calcareous ones, which contain minute
1475
fragments of shells, are clearly of subsequent origin to the others.
1476
1477
A GLOSSY INCRUSTATION.
1478
1479
Extensive portions of these rocks are coated by a layer of a glossy
1480
polished substance, with a pearly lustre and of a greyish white colour; it
1481
follows all the inequalities of the surface, to which it is firmly
1482
attached. When examined with a lens, it is found to consist of numerous
1483
exceedingly thin layers, their aggregate thickness being about the tenth of
1484
an inch. It is considerably harder than calcareous spar, but can be
1485
scratched with a knife; under the blowpipe it scales off, decrepitates,
1486
slightly blackens, emits a fetid odour, and becomes strongly alkaline: it
1487
does not effervesce in acids. (In my "Journal" I have described this
1488
substance; I then believed that it was an impure phosphate of lime.) I
1489
presume this substance has been deposited by water draining from the birds'
1490
dung, with which the rocks are covered. At Ascension, near a cavity in the
1491
rocks which was filled with a laminated mass of infiltrated birds' dung, I
1492
found some irregularly formed, stalactitical masses of apparently the same
1493
nature. These masses, when broken, had an earthy texture; but on their
1494
outsides, and especially at their extremities, they were formed of a pearly
1495
substance, generally in little globules, like the enamel of teeth, but more
1496
translucent, and so hard as just to scratch plate-glass. This substance
1497
slightly blackens under the blowpipe, emits a bad smell, then becomes quite
1498
white, swelling a little, and fuses into a dull white enamel; it does not
1499
become alkaline; nor does it effervesce in acids. The whole mass had a
1500
collapsed appearance, as if in the formation of the hard glossy crust the
1501
whole had shrunk much. At the Abrolhos Islands on the coast of Brazil,
1502
where also there is much birds' dung, I found a great quantity of a brown,
1503
arborescent substance adhering to some trap-rock. In its arborescent form,
1504
this substance singularly resembles some of the branched species of
1505
Nullipora. Under the blowpipe, it behaves like the specimens from
1506
Ascension; but it is less hard and glossy, and the surface has not the
1507
shrunk appearance.
1508
1509
1510
CHAPTER III.--ASCENSION.
1511
1512
Basaltic lavas.
1513
Numerous craters truncated on the same side.
1514
Singular structure of volcanic bombs.
1515
Aeriform explosions.
1516
Ejected granitic fragments.
1517
Trachytic rocks.
1518
Singular veins.
1519
Jasper, its manner of formation.
1520
Concretions in pumiceous tuff.
1521
Calcareous deposits and frondescent incrustations on the coast.
1522
Remarkable laminated beds, alternating with, and passing into, obsidian.
1523
Origin of obsidian.
1524
Lamination of volcanic rocks.
1525
1526
(MAP 2: THE ISLAND OF ASCENSION.)
1527
1528
This island is situated in the Atlantic Ocean, in latitude 8 degrees S.,
1529
longitude 14 degrees W. It has the form of an irregular triangle (see Map
1530
2), each side being about six miles in length. Its highest point is 2,870
1531
feet ("Geographical Journal" volume 5 page 243.) above the level of the
1532
sea. The whole is volcanic, and, from the absence of proofs to the
1533
contrary, I believe of subaerial origin. The fundamental rock is everywhere
1534
of a pale colour, generally compact, and of a feldspathic nature. In the
1535
S.E. portion of the island, where the highest land is situated, well
1536
characterised trachyte, and other congenerous rocks of that varying family,
1537
occur. Nearly the entire circumference is covered up by black and rugged
1538
streams of basaltic lava, with here and there a hill or single point of
1539
rock (one of which near the sea-coast, north of the Fort, is only two or
1540
three yards across) of the trachyte still remaining exposed.
1541
1542
BASALTIC ROCKS.
1543
1544
The overlying basaltic lava is in some parts extremely vesicular, in others
1545
little so; it is of a black colour, but sometimes contains crystals of
1546
glassy feldspar, and seldom much olivine. These streams appear to have
1547
possessed singularly little fluidity; their side walls and lower ends being
1548
very steep, and even as much as between twenty and thirty feet in height.
1549
Their surface is extraordinarily rugged, and from a short distance appears
1550
as if studded with small craters. These projections consist of broad,
1551
irregularly conical, hillocks, traversed by fissures, and composed of the
1552
same unequally scoriaceous basalt with the surrounding streams, but having
1553
an obscure tendency to a columnar structure; they rise to a height between
1554
ten and thirty feet above the general surface, and have been formed, as I
1555
presume, by the heaping up of the viscid lava at points of greater
1556
resistance. At the base of several of these hillocks, and occasionally
1557
likewise on more level parts, solid ribs, composed of angulo-globular
1558
masses of basalt, resembling in size and outline arched sewers or gutters
1559
of brickwork, but not being hollow, project between two or three feet above
1560
the surface of the streams; what their origin may have been, I do not know.
1561
Many of the superficial fragments from these basaltic streams present
1562
singularly convoluted forms; and some specimens could hardly be
1563
distinguished from logs of dark-coloured wood without their bark.
1564
1565
Many of the basaltic streams can be traced, either to points of eruption at
1566
the base of the great central mass of trachyte, or to separate, conical,
1567
red-coloured hills, which are scattered over the northern and western
1568
borders of the island. Standing on the central eminence, I counted between
1569
twenty and thirty of these cones of eruption. The greater number of them
1570
had their truncated summits cut off obliquely, and they all sloped towards
1571
the S.E., whence the trade-wind blows. (M. Lesson in the "Zoology of the
1572
Voyage of the 'Coquille'" page 490 has observed this fact. Mr. Hennah
1573
("Geolog. Proceedings" 1835 page 189) further remarks that the most
1574
extensive beds of ashes at Ascension invariably occur on the leeward side
1575
of the island.) This structure no doubt has been caused by the ejected
1576
fragments and ashes being always blown, during eruptions, in greater
1577
quantity towards one side than towards the other. M. Moreau de Jonnes has
1578
made a similar observation with respect to the volcanic orifices in the
1579
West Indian Islands.
1580
1581
VOLCANIC BOMBS.
1582
1583
(FIGURE 3: FRAGMENT OF A SPHERICAL VOLCANIC BOMB, with the interior parts
1584
coarsely cellular, coated by a concentric layer of compact lava, and this
1585
again by a crust of finely cellular rock.
1586
1587
FIGURE 4: VOLCANIC BOMB OF OBSIDIAN FROM AUSTRALIA. The upper figure gives
1588
a front view; the lower a side view of the same object.)
1589
1590
These occur in great numbers strewed on the ground, and some of them lie at
1591
considerable distances from any points of eruption. They vary in size from
1592
that of an apple to that of a man's body; they are either spherical or
1593
pear-shaped, or with the hinder part (corresponding to the tail of a comet)
1594
irregular, studded with projecting points, and even concave. Their surfaces
1595
are rough, and fissured with branching cracks; their internal structure is
1596
either irregularly scoriaceous and compact, or it presents a symmetrical
1597
and very curious appearance. An irregular segment of a bomb of this latter
1598
kind, of which I found several, is accurately represented in Figure 3. Its
1599
size was about that of a man's head. The whole interior is coarsely
1600
cellular; the cells averaging in diameter about the tenth of an inch; but
1601
nearer the outside they gradually decrease in size. This part is succeeded
1602
by a well-defined shell of compact lava, having a nearly uniform thickness
1603
of about the third of an inch; and the shell is overlaid by a somewhat
1604
thicker coating of finely cellular lava (the cells varying from the
1605
fiftieth to the hundredth of an inch in diameter), which forms the external
1606
surface: the line separating the shell of compact lava from the outer
1607
scoriaceous crust is distinctly defined. This structure is very simply
1608
explained, if we suppose a mass of viscid, scoriaceous matter, to be
1609
projected with a rapid, rotatory motion through the air; for whilst the
1610
external crust, from cooling, became solidified (in the state we now see
1611
it), the centrifugal force, by relieving the pressure in the interior parts
1612
of the bomb, would allow the heated vapours to expand their cells; but
1613
these being driven by the same force against the already-hardened crust,
1614
would become, the nearer they were to this part, smaller and smaller or
1615
less expanded, until they became packed into a solid, concentric shell. As
1616
we know that chips from a grindstone (Nichol "Architecture of the
1617
Heavens.") can be flirted off, when made to revolve with sufficient
1618
velocity, we need not doubt that the centrifugal force would have power to
1619
modify the structure of a softened bomb, in the manner here supposed.
1620
Geologists have remarked, that the external form of a bomb at once bespeaks
1621
the history of its aerial course, and few now see that the internal
1622
structure can speak, with almost equal plainness, of its rotatory movement.
1623
1624
M. Bory St. Vincent ("Voyage aux Quatre Isles d'Afrique" tome 1 page 222.)
1625
has described some balls of lava from the Isle of Bourbon, which have a
1626
closely similar structure. His explanation, however (if I understand it
1627
rightly), is very different from that which I have given; for he supposes
1628
that they have rolled, like snowballs, down the sides of the crater. M.
1629
Beudant ("Voyage en Hongrie" tome 2 page 214.), also, has described some
1630
singular little balls of obsidian, never more than six or eight inches in
1631
diameter, which he found strewed on the surface of the ground: their form
1632
is always oval; sometimes they are much swollen in the middle, and even
1633
spindle-shaped: their surface is regularly marked with concentric ridges
1634
and furrows, all of which on the same ball are at right angles to one axis:
1635
their interior is compact and glassy. M. Beudant supposes that masses of
1636
lava, when soft, were shot into the air, with a rotatory movement round the
1637
same axis, and that the form and superficial ridges of the bombs were thus
1638
produced. Sir Thomas Mitchell has given me what at first appears to be the
1639
half of a much flattened oval ball of obsidian; it has a singular
1640
artificial-like appearance, which is well represented (of the natural size)
1641
in Figure 4. It was found in its present state, on a great sandy plain
1642
between the rivers Darling and Murray, in Australia, and at the distance of
1643
several hundred miles from any known volcanic region. It seems to have been
1644
embedded in some reddish tufaceous matter; and may have been transported
1645
either by the aborigines or by natural means. The external saucer consists
1646
of compact obsidian, of a bottle-green colour, and is filled with finely
1647
cellular black lava, much less transparent and glassy than the obsidian.
1648
The external surface is marked with four or five not quite perfect ridges,
1649
which are represented rather too distinctly in Figure 4. Here, then, we
1650
have the external structure described by M. Beudant, and the internal
1651
cellular condition of the bombs from Ascension. The lip of the saucer is
1652
slightly concave, exactly like the margin of a soup-plate, and its inner
1653
edge overlaps a little the central cellular lava. This structure is so
1654
symmetrical round the entire circumference, that one is forced to suppose
1655
that the bomb burst during its rotatory course, before being quite
1656
solidified, and that the lip and edges were thus slightly modified and
1657
turned inwards. It may be remarked that the superficial ridges are in
1658
planes, at right angles to an axis, transverse to the longer axis of the
1659
flattened oval: to explain this circumstance, we may suppose that when the
1660
bomb burst, the axis of rotation changed.
1661
1662
AERIFORM EXPLOSIONS.
1663
1664
The flanks of Green Mountain and the surrounding country are covered by a
1665
great mass, some hundred feet in thickness, of loose fragments. The lower
1666
beds generally consist of fine-grained, slightly consolidated tuffs (Some
1667
of this peperino, or tuff, is sufficiently hard not to be broken by the
1668
greatest force of the fingers.), and the upper beds of great loose
1669
fragments, with alternating finer beds. (On the northern side of the Green
1670
Mountain a thin seam, about an inch in thickness, of compact oxide of iron,
1671
extends over a considerable area; it lies conformably in the lower part of
1672
the stratified mass of ashes and fragments. This substance is of a reddish-
1673
brown colour, with an almost metallic lustre; it is not magnetic, but
1674
becomes so after having been heated under the blowpipe, by which it is
1675
blackened and partly fused. This seam of compact stone, by intercepting the
1676
little rain-water which falls on the island, gives rise to a small dripping
1677
spring, first discovered by Dampier. It is the only fresh water on the
1678
island, so that the possibility of its being inhabited has entirely
1679
depended on the occurrence of this ferruginous layer.) One white ribbon-
1680
like layer of decomposed, pumiceous breccia, was curiously bent into deep
1681
unbroken curves, beneath each of the large fragments in the superincumbent
1682
stratum. From the relative position of these beds, I presume that a narrow-
1683
mouthed crater, standing nearly in the position of Green Mountain, like a
1684
great air-gun, shot forth, before its final extinction, this vast
1685
accumulation of loose matter. Subsequently to this event, considerable
1686
dislocations have taken place, and an oval circus has been formed by
1687
subsidence. This sunken space lies at the north-eastern foot of Green
1688
Mountain, and is well represented in Map 2. Its longer axis, which is
1689
connected with a N.E. and S.W. line of fissure, is three-fifths of a
1690
nautical mile in length; its sides are nearly perpendicular, except in one
1691
spot, and about four hundred feet in height; they consist, in the lower
1692
part, of a pale basalt with feldspar, and in the upper part, of the tuff
1693
and loose ejected fragments; the bottom is smooth and level, and under
1694
almost any other climate a deep lake would have been formed here. From the
1695
thickness of the bed of loose fragments, with which the surrounding country
1696
is covered, the amount of aeriform matter necessary for their projection
1697
must have been enormous; hence we may suppose it probable that after the
1698
explosions vast subterranean caverns were left, and that the falling in of
1699
the roof of one of these produced the hollow here described. At the
1700
Galapagos Archipelago, pits of a similar character, but of a much smaller
1701
size, frequently occur at the bases of small cones of eruption.
1702
1703
EJECTED GRANITIC FRAGMENTS.
1704
1705
In the neighbourhood of Green Mountain, fragments of extraneous rock are
1706
not unfrequently found embedded in the midst of masses of scoriae.
1707
Lieutenant Evans, to whose kindness I am indebted for much information,
1708
gave me several specimens, and I found others myself. They nearly all have
1709
a granitic structure, are brittle, harsh to the touch, and apparently of
1710
altered colours.
1711
1712
FIRST, a white syenite, streaked and mottled with red; it consists of well-
1713
crystallised feldspar, numerous grains of quartz, and brilliant, though
1714
small, crystals of hornblende. The feldspar and hornblende in this and the
1715
succeeding cases have been determined by the reflecting goniometer, and the
1716
quartz by its action under the blowpipe. The feldspar in these ejected
1717
fragments, like the glassy kind in the trachyte, is from its cleavage a
1718
potash-feldspar.
1719
1720
SECONDLY, a brick-red mass of feldspar, quartz, and small dark patches of a
1721
decayed mineral; one minute particle of which I was able to ascertain, by
1722
its cleavage, to be hornblende.
1723
1724
THIRDLY, a mass of confusedly crystallised white feldspar, with little
1725
nests of a dark-coloured mineral, often carious, externally rounded, having
1726
a glossy fracture, but no distinct cleavage: from comparison with the
1727
second specimen, I have no doubt that it is fused hornblende.
1728
1729
FOURTHLY, a rock, which at first appears a simple aggregation of distinct
1730
and large-sized crystals of dusty-coloured Labrador feldspar (Professor
1731
Miller has been so kind as to examine this mineral. He obtained two good
1732
cleavages of 86 degrees 30 minutes and 86 degrees 50 minutes. The mean of
1733
several, which I made, was 86 degrees 30 minutes. Professor Miller states
1734
that these crystals, when reduced to a fine powder, are soluble in
1735
hydrochloric acid, leaving some undissolved silex behind; the addition of
1736
oxalate of ammonia gives a copious precipitate of lime. He further remarks,
1737
that according to Von Kobell, anorthite (a mineral occurring in the ejected
1738
fragments at Mount Somma) is always white and transparent, so that if this
1739
be the case, these crystals from Ascension must be considered as Labrador
1740
feldspar. Professor Miller adds, that he has seen an account, in Erdmann's
1741
"Journal fur tecnische Chemie," of a mineral ejected from a volcano which
1742
had the external characters of Labrador feldspar, but differed in the
1743
analysis from that given by mineralogists of this mineral: the author
1744
attributed this difference to an error in the analysis of Labrador
1745
feldspar, which is very old.); but in their interstices there is some white
1746
granular feldspar, abundant scales of mica, a little altered hornblende,
1747
and, as I believe, no quartz. I have described these fragments in detail,
1748
because it is rare to find granitic rocks ejected from volcanoes with their
1749
MINERALS UNCHANGED, as is the case with the first specimen, and partially
1750
with the second. (Daubeny, in his work on Volcanoes page 386, remarks that
1751
this is the case; and Humboldt, in his "Personal Narrative" volume 1 page
1752
236, says "In general, the masses of known primitive rocks, I mean those
1753
which perfectly resemble our granites, gneiss, and mica-slate, are very
1754
rare in lavas: the substances we generally denote by the name of granite,
1755
thrown out by Vesuvius, are mixtures of nepheline, mica, and pyroxene.")
1756
One other large fragment, found in another spot, is deserving of notice; it
1757
is a conglomerate, containing small fragments of granitic, cellular, and
1758
jaspery rocks, and of hornstone porphyries, embedded in a base of wacke,
1759
threaded by numerous thin layers of a concretionary pitchstone passing into
1760
obsidian. These layers are parallel, slightly tortuous, and short; they
1761
thin out at their ends, and resemble in form the layers of quartz in
1762
gneiss. It is probable that these small embedded fragments were not
1763
separately ejected, but were entangled in a fluid volcanic rock, allied to
1764
obsidian; and we shall presently see that several varieties of this latter
1765
series of rock assume a laminated structure.
1766
1767
TRACHYTIC SERIES OF ROCKS.
1768
1769
Those occupy the more elevated and central, and likewise the south-eastern,
1770
parts of the island. The trachyte is generally of a pale brown colour,
1771
stained with small darker patches; it contains broken and bent crystals of
1772
glassy feldspar, grains of specular iron, and black microscopical points,
1773
which latter, from being easily fused, and then becoming magnetic, I
1774
presume are hornblende. The greater number of the hills, however, are
1775
composed of a quite white, friable stone, appearing like a trachytic tuff.
1776
Obsidian, hornstone, and several kinds of laminated feldspathic rocks, are
1777
associated with the trachyte. There is no distinct stratification; nor
1778
could I distinguish a crateriform structure in any of the hills of this
1779
series. Considerable dislocations have taken place; and many fissures in
1780
these rocks are yet left open, or are only partially filled with loose
1781
fragments. Within the space (This space is nearly included by a line
1782
sweeping round Green Mountain, and joining the hills, called the Weather
1783
Port Signal, Holyhead, and that denominated (improperly in a geological
1784
sense) "the Crater of an old volcano."), mainly formed of trachyte, some
1785
basaltic streams have burst forth; and not far from the summit of Green
1786
Mountain, there is one stream of quite black, vesicular basalt, containing
1787
minute crystals of glassy feldspar, which have a rounded appearance.
1788
1789
The soft white stone above mentioned is remarkable from its singular
1790
resemblance, when viewed in mass, to a sedimentary tuff: it was long before
1791
I could persuade myself that such was not its origin; and other geologists
1792
have been perplexed by closely similar formations in trachytic regions. In
1793
two cases, this white earthy stone formed isolated hills; in a third, it
1794
was associated with columnar and laminated trachyte; but I was unable to
1795
trace an actual junction. It contains numerous crystals of glassy feldspar
1796
and black microscopical specks, and is marked with small darker patches,
1797
exactly as in the surrounding trachyte. Its basis, however, when viewed
1798
under the microscope, is generally quite earthy; but sometimes it exhibits
1799
a decidedly crystalline structure. On the hill marked "Crater of an old
1800
volcano," it passes into a pale greenish-grey variety, differing only in
1801
its colour, and in not being so earthy; the passage was in one case
1802
effected insensibly; in another, it was formed by numerous, rounded and
1803
angular, masses of the greenish variety, being embedded in the white
1804
variety;--in this latter case, the appearance was very much like that of a
1805
sedimentary deposit, torn up and abraded during the deposition of a
1806
subsequent stratum. Both these varieties are traversed by innumerable
1807
tortuous veins (presently to be described), which are totally unlike
1808
injected dikes, or indeed any other veins which I have ever seen. Both
1809
varieties include a few scattered fragments, large and small, of dark-
1810
coloured scoriaceous rocks, the cells of some of which are partially filled
1811
with the white earthy stone; they likewise include some huge blocks of a
1812
cellular porphyry. (The porphyry is dark coloured; it contains numerous,
1813
often fractured, crystals of white opaque feldspar, also decomposing
1814
crystals of oxide of iron; its vesicles include masses of delicate, hair-
1815
like, crystals, apparently of analcime.) These fragments project from the
1816
weathered surface, and perfectly resemble fragments embedded in a true
1817
sedimentary tuff. But as it is known that extraneous fragments of cellular
1818
rock are sometimes included in columnar trachyte, in phonolite (D'Aubuisson
1819
"Traite de Geognosie" tome 2 page 548.), and in other compact lavas, this
1820
circumstance is not any real argument for the sedimentary origin of the
1821
white earthy stone. (Dr. Daubeny on Volcanoes, page 180 seems to have been
1822
led to believe that certain trachytic formations of Ischia and of the Puy
1823
de Dome, which closely resemble these of Ascension, were of sedimentary
1824
origin, chiefly from the frequent presence in them "of scoriform portions,
1825
different in colour from the matrix." Dr. Daubeny adds, that on the other
1826
hand, Brocchi, and other eminent geologists, have considered these beds as
1827
earthy varieties of trachyte; he considers the subject deserving of further
1828
attention.) The insensible passage of the greenish variety into the white
1829
one, and likewise the more abrupt passage by fragments of the former being
1830
embedded in the latter, might result from slight differences in the
1831
composition of the same mass of molten stone, and from the abrading action
1832
of one such part still fluid on another part already solidified. The
1833
curiously formed veins have, I believe, been formed by siliceous matter
1834
being subsequently segregated. But my chief reason for believing that these
1835
soft earthy stones, with their extraneous fragments, are not of sedimentary
1836
origin, is the extreme improbability of crystals of feldspar, black
1837
microscopical specks, and small stains of a darker colour occurring in the
1838
same proportional numbers in an aqueous deposit, and in masses of solid
1839
trachyte. Moreover, as I have remarked, the microscope occasionally reveals
1840
a crystalline structure in the apparently earthy basis. On the other hand,
1841
the partial decomposition of such great masses of trachyte, forming whole
1842
mountains, is undoubtedly a circumstance of not easy explanation.
1843
1844
VEINS IN THE EARTHY TRACHYTIC MASSES.
1845
1846
These veins are extraordinarily numerous, intersecting in the most
1847
complicated manner both coloured varieties of the earthy trachyte: they are
1848
best seen on the flanks of the "Crater of the old volcano." They contain
1849
crystals of glassy feldspar, black microscopical specks and little dark
1850
stains, precisely as in the surrounding rock; but the basis is very
1851
different, being exceedingly hard, compact, somewhat brittle, and of rather
1852
less easy fusibility. The veins vary much, and suddenly, from the tenth of
1853
an inch to one inch in thickness; they often thin out, not only on their
1854
edges, but in their central parts, thus leaving round, irregular apertures;
1855
their surfaces are rugged. They are inclined at every possible angle with
1856
the horizon, or are horizontal; they are generally curvilinear, and often
1857
interbranch one with another. From their hardness they withstand
1858
weathering, and projecting two or three feet above the ground, they
1859
occasionally extend some yards in length; these plate-like veins, when
1860
struck, emit a sound, almost like that of a drum, and they may be
1861
distinctly seen to vibrate; their fragments, which are strewed on the
1862
ground, clatter like pieces of iron when knocked against each other. They
1863
often assume the most singular forms; I saw a pedestal of the earthy
1864
trachyte, covered by a hemispherical portion of a vein, like a great
1865
umbrella, sufficiently large to shelter two persons. I have never met with,
1866
or seen described, any veins like these; but in form they resemble the
1867
ferruginous seams, due to some process of segregation, occurring not
1868
uncommonly in sandstones,--for instance, in the New Red sandstone of
1869
England. Numerous veins of jasper and of siliceous sinter, occurring on the
1870
summit of this same hill, show that there has been some abundant source of
1871
silica, and as these plate-like veins differ from the trachyte only in
1872
their greater hardness, brittleness, and less easy fusibility, it appears
1873
probable that their origin is due to the segregation or infiltration of
1874
siliceous matter, in the same manner as happens with the oxides of iron in
1875
many sedimentary rocks.
1876
1877
SILICEOUS SINTER AND JASPER.
1878
1879
The siliceous sinter is either quite white, of little specific gravity, and
1880
with a somewhat pearly fracture, passing into pinkish pearl quartz; or it
1881
is yellowish white, with a harsh fracture, and it then contains an earthy
1882
powder in small cavities. Both varieties occur, either in large irregular
1883
masses in the altered trachyte, or in seams included in broad, vertical,
1884
tortuous, irregular veins of a compact, harsh stone of a dull red colour,
1885
appearing like a sandstone. This stone, however, is only altered trachyte;
1886
and a nearly similar variety, but often honeycombed, sometimes adheres to
1887
the projecting plate-like veins, described in the last paragraph. The
1888
jasper is of an ochre yellow or red colour; it occurs in large irregular
1889
masses, and sometimes in veins, both in the altered trachyte and in an
1890
associated mass of scoriaceous basalt. The cells of the scoriaceous basalt
1891
are lined or filled with fine, concentric layers of chalcedony, coated and
1892
studded with bright-red oxide of iron. In this rock, especially in the
1893
rather more compact parts, irregular angular patches of the red jasper are
1894
included, the edges of which insensibly blend into the surrounding mass;
1895
other patches occur having an intermediate character between perfect jasper
1896
and the ferruginous, decomposed, basaltic base. In these patches, and
1897
likewise in the large vein-like masses of jasper, there occur little
1898
rounded cavities, of exactly the same size and form with the air-cells,
1899
which in the scoriaceous basalt are filled and lined with layers of
1900
chalcedony. Small fragments of the jasper, examined under the microscope,
1901
seem to resemble the chalcedony with its colouring matter not separated
1902
into layers, but mingled in the siliceous paste, together with some
1903
impurities. I can understand these facts,--namely, the blending of the
1904
jasper into the semi-decomposed basalt,--its occurrence in angular patches,
1905
which clearly do not occupy pre-existing hollows in the rock,--and its
1906
containing little vesicles filled with chalcedony, like those in the
1907
scoriaceous lava,--only on the supposition that a fluid, probably the same
1908
fluid which deposited the chalcedony in the air-cells, removed in those
1909
parts where there were no cavities, the ingredients of the basaltic rock,
1910
and left in their place silica and iron, and thus produced the jasper. In
1911
some specimens of silicified wood, I have observed, that in the same manner
1912
as in the basalt, the solid parts were converted into a dark-coloured
1913
homogeneous stone, whereas the cavities formed by the larger sap-vessels
1914
(which may be compared with the air-vesicles in the basaltic lava) and
1915
other irregular hollows, apparently produced by decay, were filled with
1916
concentric layers of chalcedony; in this case, there can be little doubt
1917
that the same fluid deposited the homogeneous base and the chalcedonic
1918
layers. After these considerations, I cannot doubt but that the jasper of
1919
Ascension may be viewed as a volcanic rock silicified, in precisely the
1920
same sense as this term is applied to wood, when silicified; we are equally
1921
ignorant of the means by which every atom of wood, whilst in a perfect
1922
state, is removed and replaced by atoms of silica, as we are of the means
1923
by which the constituent parts of a volcanic rock could be thus acted on.
1924
(Beudant "Voyage en Hongrie" tome 3 pages 502, 504 describes kidney-shaped
1925
masses of jasper-opal, which either blend into the surrounding trachytic
1926
conglomerate, or are embedded in it like chalk-flints; and he compares them
1927
with the fragments of opalised wood, which are abundant in this same
1928
formation. Beudant, however, appears to have viewed the process of their
1929
formation rather as one of simple infiltration than of molecular exchange;
1930
but the presence of a concretion, wholly different from the surrounding
1931
matter, if not formed in a pre-existing hollow, clearly seems to me to
1932
require, either a molecular or mechanical displacement of the atoms, which
1933
occupied the space afterwards filled by it. The jasper-opal of Hungary
1934
passes into chalcedony, and therefore in this case, as in that of
1935
Ascension, jasper seems to be intimately related in origin with
1936
chalcedony.) I was led to the careful examination of these rocks, and to
1937
the conclusion here given, from having heard the Rev. Professor Henslow
1938
express a similar opinion, regarding the origin in trap-rocks of many
1939
chalcedonies and agates. Siliceous deposits seem to be very general, if not
1940
of universal occurrence, in partially decomposed trachytic tuffs (Beudant
1941
"Voyage Min." tome 3 page 507 enumerates cases in Hungary, Germany, Central
1942
France, Italy, Greece, and Mexico.); and as these hills, according to the
1943
view above given, consist of trachyte softened and altered in situ, the
1944
presence of free silica in this case may be added as one more instance to
1945
the list.
1946
1947
CONCRETIONS IN PUMICEOUS TUFF.
1948
1949
The hill, marked in Map 2 "Crater of an old volcano," has no claims to this
1950
appellation, which I could discover, except in being surmounted by a
1951
circular, very shallow, saucer-like summit, nearly half a mile in diameter.
1952
This hollow has been nearly filled up with many successive sheets of ashes
1953
and scoriae, of different colours, and slightly consolidated. Each
1954
successive saucer-shaped layer crops out all round the margin, forming so
1955
many rings of various colours, and giving to the hill a fantastic
1956
appearance. The outer ring is broad, and of a white colour; hence it
1957
resembles a course round which horses have been exercised, and has received
1958
the name of the Devil's Riding School, by which it is most generally known.
1959
These successive layers of ashes must have fallen over the whole
1960
surrounding country, but they have all been blown away except in this one
1961
hollow, in which probably moisture accumulated, either during an
1962
extraordinary year when rain fell, or during the storms often accompanying
1963
volcanic eruptions. One of the layers of a pinkish colour, and chiefly
1964
derived from small, decomposed fragments of pumice, is remarkable, from
1965
containing numerous concretions. These are generally spherical, from half
1966
an inch to three inches in diameter; but they are occasionally cylindrical,
1967
like those of iron-pyrites in the chalk of Europe. They consist of a very
1968
tough, compact, pale-brown stone, with a smooth and even fracture. They are
1969
divided into concentric layers by thin white partitions, resembling the
1970
external superficies; six or eight of such layers are distinctly defined
1971
near the outside; but those towards the inside generally become indistinct,
1972
and blend into a homogeneous mass. I presume that these concentric layers
1973
were formed by the shrinking of the concretion, as it became compact. The
1974
interior part is generally fissured by minute cracks or septaria, which are
1975
lined, both by black, metallic, and by other white and crystalline specks,
1976
the nature of which I was unable to ascertain. Some of the larger
1977
concretions consist of a mere spherical shell, filled with slightly
1978
consolidated ashes. The concretions contain a small proportion of carbonate
1979
of lime: a fragment placed under the blowpipe decrepitates, then whitens
1980
and fuses into a blebby enamel, but does not become caustic. The
1981
surrounding ashes do not contain any carbonate of lime; hence the
1982
concretions have probably been formed, as is so often the case, by the
1983
aggregation of this substance. I have not met with any account of similar
1984
concretions; and considering their great toughness and compactness, their
1985
occurrence in a bed, which probably has been subjected only to atmospheric
1986
moisture, is remarkable.
1987
1988
FORMATION OF CALCAREOUS ROCKS ON THE SEA-COAST.
1989
1990
On several of the sea-beaches, there are immense accumulations of small,
1991
well-rounded particles of shells and corals, of white, yellowish, and pink
1992
colours, interspersed with a few volcanic particles. At the depth of a few
1993
feet, these are found cemented together into stone, of which the softer
1994
varieties are used for building; there are other varieties, both coarse and
1995
fine-grained, too hard for this purpose: and I saw one mass divided into
1996
even layers half an inch in thickness, which were so compact that when
1997
struck with a hammer they rang like flint. It is believed by the
1998
inhabitants, that the particles become united in the course of a single
1999
year. The union is effected by calcareous matter; and in the most compact
2000
varieties, each rounded particle of shell and volcanic rock can be
2001
distinctly seen to be enveloped in a husk of pellucid carbonate of lime.
2002
Extremely few perfect shells are embedded in these agglutinated masses; and
2003
I have examined even a large fragment under a microscope, without being
2004
able to discover the least vestige of striae or other marks of external
2005
form: this shows how long each particle must have been rolled about, before
2006
its turn came to be embedded and cemented. (The eggs of the turtle being
2007
buried by the parent, sometimes become enclosed in the solid rock. Mr.
2008
Lyell has given a figure ("Principles of Geology" book 3 chapter 17) of
2009
some eggs, containing the bones of young turtles, found thus entombed.) One
2010
of the most compact varieties, when placed in acid, was entirely dissolved,
2011
with the exception of some flocculent animal matter; its specific gravity
2012
was 2.63. The specific gravity of ordinary limestone varies from 2.6 to
2013
2.75; pure Carrara marble was found by Sir H. De la Beche to be 2.7.
2014
("Researches in Theoretical Geology" page 12.) It is remarkable that these
2015
rocks of Ascension, formed close to the surface, should be nearly as
2016
compact as marble, which has undergone the action of heat and pressure in
2017
the plutonic regions.
2018
2019
The great accumulation of loose calcareous particles, lying on the beach
2020
near the Settlement, commences in the month of October, moving towards the
2021
S.W., which, as I was informed by Lieutenant Evans, is caused by a change
2022
in the prevailing direction of the currents. At this period the tidal
2023
rocks, at the S.W. end of the beach, where the calcareous sand is
2024
accumulating, and round which the currents sweep, become gradually coated
2025
with a calcareous incrustation, half an inch in thickness. It is quite
2026
white, compact, with some parts slightly spathose, and is firmly attached
2027
to the rock. After a short time it gradually disappears, being either
2028
redissolved, when the water is less charged with lime, or more probably is
2029
mechanically abraded. Lieutenant Evans has observed these facts, during the
2030
six years he has resided at Ascension. The incrustation varies in thickness
2031
in different years: in 1831 it was unusually thick. When I was there in
2032
July, there was no remnant of the incrustation; but on a point of basalt,
2033
from which the quarrymen had lately removed a mass of the calcareous
2034
freestone, the incrustation was perfectly preserved. Considering the
2035
position of the tidal-rocks, and the period at which they become coated,
2036
there can be no doubt that the movement and disturbance of the vast
2037
accumulation of calcareous particles, many of them being partially
2038
agglutinated together, cause the waves of the sea to be so highly charged
2039
with carbonate of lime, that they deposit it on the first objects against
2040
which they impinge. I have been informed by Lieutenant Holland, R.N., that
2041
this incrustation is formed on many parts of the coast, on most of which, I
2042
believe, there are likewise great masses of comminuted shells.
2043
2044
A FRONDESCENT CALCAREOUS INCRUSTATION.
2045
2046
(FIGURE 5. AN INCRUSTATION OF CALCAREOUS AND ANIMAL MATTER, coating the
2047
tidal-rocks at Ascension.)
2048
2049
In many respects this is a singular deposit; it coats throughout the year
2050
the tidal volcanic rocks, that project from the beaches composed of broken
2051
shells. Its general appearance is well represented in Figure 5; but the
2052
fronds or discs, of which it is composed, are generally so closely crowded
2053
together as to touch. These fronds have their sinuous edges finely
2054
crenulated, and they project over their pedestals or supports; their upper
2055
surfaces are either slightly concave, or slightly convex; they are highly
2056
polished, and of a dark grey or jet black colour; their form is irregular,
2057
generally circular, and from the tenth of an inch to one inch and a half in
2058
diameter; their thickness, or amount of their projection from the rock on
2059
which they stand, varies much, about a quarter of an inch being perhaps
2060
most usual. The fronds occasionally become more and more convex, until they
2061
pass into botryoidal masses with their summits fissured; when in this
2062
state, they are glossy and of an intense black, so as to resemble some
2063
fused metallic substance. I have shown the incrustation, both in this
2064
latter and in its ordinary state to several geologists, but not one could
2065
conjecture its origin, except that perhaps it was of volcanic nature!
2066
2067
The substance forming the fronds has a very compact and often almost
2068
crystalline fracture; the edges being translucent, and hard enough easily
2069
to scratch calcareous spar. Under the blowpipe it immediately becomes
2070
white, and emits a strong animal odour, like that from fresh shells. It is
2071
chiefly composed of carbonate of lime; when placed in muriatic acid it
2072
froths much, leaving a residue of sulphate of lime, and of an oxide of
2073
iron, together with a black powder, which is not soluble in heated acids.
2074
This latter substance seems to be carbonaceous, and is evidently the
2075
colouring matter. The sulphate of lime is extraneous, and occurs in
2076
distinct, excessively minute, lamellar plates, studded on the surface of
2077
the fronds, and embedded between the fine layers of which they are
2078
composed; when a fragment is heated in the blowpipe, these lamellae are
2079
immediately rendered visible. The original outline of the fronds may often
2080
be traced, either to a minute particle of shell fixed in a crevice of the
2081
rock, or to several cemented together; these first become deeply corroded,
2082
by the dissolving power of the waves, into sharp ridges, and then are
2083
coated with successive layers of the glossy, grey, calcareous incrustation.
2084
The inequalities of the primary support affect the outline of every
2085
successive layer, in the same manner as may often be seen in bezoar-stones,
2086
when an object like a nail forms the centre of aggregation. The crenulated
2087
edges, however, of the frond appear to be due to the corroding power of the
2088
surf on its own deposit, alternating with fresh depositions. On some smooth
2089
basaltic rocks on the coast of St. Jago, I found an exceedingly thin layer
2090
of brown calcareous matter, which under a lens presented a miniature
2091
likeness of the crenulated and polished fronds of Ascension; in this case a
2092
basis was not afforded by any projecting extraneous particles. Although the
2093
incrustation at Ascension is persistent throughout the year; yet from the
2094
abraded appearance of some parts, and from the fresh appearance of other
2095
parts, the whole seems to undergo a round of decay and renovation, due
2096
probably to changes in the form of the shifting beach, and consequently in
2097
the action of the breakers: hence probably it is, that the incrustation
2098
never acquires a great thickness. Considering the position of the encrusted
2099
rocks in the midst of the calcareous beach, together with its composition,
2100
I think there can be no doubt that its origin is due to the dissolution and
2101
subsequent deposition of the matter composing the rounded particles of
2102
shells and corals. (The selenite, as I have remarked is extraneous, and
2103
must have been derived from the sea-water. It is an interesting
2104
circumstance thus to find the waves of the ocean, sufficiently charged with
2105
sulphate of lime, to deposit it on the rocks, against which they dash every
2106
tide. Dr. Webster has described ("Voyage of the 'Chanticleer'" volume 2
2107
page 319) beds of gypsum and salt, as much as two feet in thickness, left
2108
by the evaporation of the spray on the rocks on the windward coast.
2109
Beautiful stalactites of selenite, resembling in form those of carbonate of
2110
lime, are formed near these beds. Amorphous masses of gypsum, also, occur
2111
in caverns in the interior of the island; and at Cross Hill (an old crater)
2112
I saw a considerable quantity of salt oozing from a pile of scoriae. In
2113
these latter cases, the salt and gypsum appear to be volcanic products.)
2114
From this source it derives its animal matter, which is evidently the
2115
colouring principle. The nature of the deposit, in its incipient stage, can
2116
often be well seen upon a fragment of white shell, when jammed between two
2117
of the fronds; it then appears exactly like the thinnest wash of a pale
2118
grey varnish. Its darkness varies a little, but the jet blackness of some
2119
of the fronds and of the botryoidal masses seems due to the translucency of
2120
the successive grey layers. There is, however, this singular circumstance,
2121
that when deposited on the under side of ledges of rock or in fissures, it
2122
appears always to be of a pale, pearly grey colour, even when of
2123
considerable thickness: hence one is led to suppose, that an abundance of
2124
light is necessary to the development of the dark colour, in the same
2125
manner as seems to be the case with the upper and exposed surfaces of the
2126
shells of living mollusca, which are always dark, compared with their under
2127
surfaces and with the parts habitually covered by the mantle of the animal.
2128
In this circumstance,--in the immediate loss of colour and in the odour
2129
emitted under the blowpipe,--in the degree of hardness and translucency of
2130
the edges,--and in the beautiful polish of the surface (From the fact
2131
described in my "Journal of Researches" of a coating of oxide of iron,
2132
deposited by a streamlet on the rocks in its bed (like a nearly similar
2133
coating at the great cataracts of the Orinoco and Nile), becoming finely
2134
polished where the surf acts, I presume that the surf in this instance,
2135
also, is the polishing agent.), rivalling when in a fresh state that of the
2136
finest Oliva, there is a striking analogy between this inorganic
2137
incrustation and the shells of living molluscous animals. (In the section
2138
descriptive of St. Paul's Rocks, I have described a glossy, pearly
2139
substance, which coats the rocks, and an allied stalactitical incrustation
2140
from Ascension, the crust of which resembles the enamel of teeth, but is
2141
hard enough to scratch plate-glass. Both these substances contain animal
2142
matter, and seem to have been derived from water in filtering through
2143
birds' dung.) This appears to me to be an interesting physiological fact.
2144
(Mr. Horner and Sir David Brewster have described "Philosophical
2145
Transactions" 1836 page 65 a singular "artificial substance, resembling
2146
shell." It is deposited in fine, transparent, highly polished, brown-
2147
coloured laminae, possessing peculiar optical properties, on the inside of
2148
a vessel, in which cloth, first prepared with glue and then with lime, is
2149
made to revolve rapidly in water. It is much softer, more transparent, and
2150
contains more animal matter, than the natural incrustation at Ascension;
2151
but we here again see the strong tendency which carbonate of lime and
2152
animal matter evince to form a solid substance allied to shell.)
2153
2154
SINGULAR LAMINATED BEDS ALTERNATING WITH AND PASSING INTO OBSIDIAN.
2155
2156
These beds occur within the trachytic district, at the western base of
2157
Green Mountain, under which they dip at a high inclination. They are only
2158
partially exposed, being covered up by modern ejections; from this cause, I
2159
was unable to trace their junction with the trachyte, or to discover
2160
whether they had flowed as a stream of lava, or had been injected amidst
2161
the overlying strata. There are three principal beds of obsidian, of which
2162
the thickest forms the base of the section. The alternating stony layers
2163
appear to me eminently curious, and shall be first described, and
2164
afterwards their passage into the obsidian. They have an extremely
2165
diversified appearance; five principal varieties may be noticed, but these
2166
insensibly blend into each other by endless gradations.
2167
2168
FIRST.
2169
2170
A pale grey, irregularly and coarsely laminated (This term is open to some
2171
misinterpretation, as it may be applied both to rocks divided into laminae
2172
of exactly the same composition, and to layers firmly attached to each
2173
other, with no fissile tendency, but composed of different minerals, or of
2174
different shades of colour. The term "laminated," in this chapter, is
2175
applied in these latter senses; where a homogeneous rock splits, as in the
2176
former sense, in a given direction, like clay-slate, I have used the term
2177
"fissile."), harsh-feeling rock, resembling clay-slate which has been in
2178
contact with a trap-dike, and with a fracture of about the same degree of
2179
crystalline structure. This rock, as well as the following varieties,
2180
easily fuses into a pale glass. The greater part is honeycombed with
2181
irregular, angular, cavities, so that the whole has a curious appearance,
2182
and some fragments resemble in a remarkable manner silicified logs of
2183
decayed wood. This variety, especially where more compact, is often marked
2184
with thin whitish streaks, which are either straight or wrap round, one
2185
behind the other, the elongated carious hollows.
2186
2187
SECONDLY.
2188
2189
A bluish grey or pale brown, compact, heavy, homogeneous stone, with an
2190
angular, uneven, earthy fracture; viewed, however, under a lens of high
2191
power, the fracture is seen to be distinctly crystalline, and even separate
2192
minerals can be distinguished.
2193
2194
THIRDLY.
2195
2196
A stone of the same kind with the last, but streaked with numerous,
2197
parallel, slightly tortuous, white lines of the thickness of hairs. These
2198
white lines are more crystalline than the parts between them; and the stone
2199
splits along them: they frequently expand into exceedingly thin cavities,
2200
which are often only just perceptible with a lens. The matter forming the
2201
white lines becomes better crystallised in these cavities, and Professor
2202
Miller was fortunate enough, after several trials, to ascertain that the
2203
white crystals, which are the largest, were of quartz (Professor Miller
2204
informs me that the crystals which he measured had the faces P, z, m of the
2205
figure (147) given by Haidinger in his Translation of Mohs; and he adds,
2206
that it is remarkable, that none of them had the slightest trace of faces r
2207
of the regular six-sided prism.), and that the minute green transparent
2208
needles were augite, or, as they would more generally be called, diopside:
2209
besides these crystals, there are some minute, dark specks without a trace
2210
of crystalline, and some fine, white, granular, crystalline matter which is
2211
probably feldspar. Minute fragments of this rock are easily fusible.
2212
2213
FOURTHLY.
2214
2215
A compact crystalline rock, banded in straight lines with innumerable
2216
layers of white and grey shades of colour, varying in width from the
2217
thirtieth to the two-hundredth of an inch; these layers seem to be composed
2218
chiefly of feldspar, and they contain numerous perfect crystals of glassy
2219
feldspar, which are placed lengthways; they are also thickly studded with
2220
microscopically minute, amorphous, black specks, which are placed in rows,
2221
either standing separately, or more frequently united, two or three or
2222
several together, into black lines, thinner than a hair. When a small
2223
fragment is heated in the blowpipe, the black specks are easily fused into
2224
black brilliant beads, which become magnetic,--characters that apply to no
2225
common mineral except hornblende or augite. With the black specks there are
2226
mingled some others of a red colour, which are magnetic before being
2227
heated, and no doubt are oxide of iron. Round two little cavities, in a
2228
specimen of this variety, I found the black specks aggregated into minute
2229
crystals, appearing like those of augite or hornblende, but too dull and
2230
small to be measured by the goniometer; in the specimen, also, I could
2231
distinguish amidst the crystalline feldspar, grains, which had the aspect
2232
of quartz. By trying with a parallel ruler, I found that the thin grey
2233
layers and the black hair-like lines were absolutely straight and parallel
2234
to each other. It is impossible to trace the gradation from the homogeneous
2235
grey rocks to these striped varieties, or indeed the character of the
2236
different layers in the same specimen, without feeling convinced that the
2237
more or less perfect whiteness of the crystalline feldspathic matter
2238
depends on the more or less perfect aggregation of diffused matter, into
2239
the black and red specks of hornblende and oxide of iron.
2240
2241
FIFTHLY.
2242
2243
A compact heavy rock, not laminated, with an irregular, angular, highly
2244
crystalline, fracture; it abounds with distinct crystals of glassy
2245
feldspar, and the crystalline feldspathic base is mottled with a black
2246
mineral, which on the weathered surface is seen to be aggregated into small
2247
crystals, some perfect, but the greater number imperfect. I showed this
2248
specimen to an experienced geologist, and asked him what it was; he
2249
answered, as I think every one else would have done, that it was a
2250
primitive greenstone. The weathered surface, also, of the banded variety in
2251
Figure 4, strikingly resembles a worn fragment of finely laminated gneiss.
2252
2253
These five varieties, with many intermediate ones, pass and repass into
2254
each other. As the compact varieties are quite subordinate to the others,
2255
the whole may be considered as laminated or striped. The laminae, to sum up
2256
their characteristics, are either quite straight, or slightly tortuous, or
2257
convoluted; they are all parallel to each other, and to the intercalating
2258
strata of obsidian; they are generally of extreme thinness; they consist
2259
either of an apparently homogeneous, compact rock, striped with different
2260
shades of grey and brown colours, or of crystalline feldspathic layers in a
2261
more or less perfect state of purity, and of different thicknesses, with
2262
distinct crystals of glassy feldspar placed lengthways, or of very thin
2263
layers chiefly composed of minute crystals of quartz and augite, or
2264
composed of black and red specks of an augitic mineral and of an oxide of
2265
iron, either not crystallised or imperfectly so. After having fully
2266
described the obsidian, I shall return to the subject of the lamination of
2267
rocks of the trachytic series.
2268
2269
The passage of the foregoing beds into the strata of glassy obsidian is
2270
effected in several ways: first, angulo-modular masses of obsidian, both
2271
large and small, abruptly appear disseminated in a slaty, or in an
2272
amorphous, pale-coloured, feldspathic rock, with a somewhat pearly
2273
fracture. Secondly, small irregular nodules of the obsidian, either
2274
standing separately, or united into thin layers, seldom more than the tenth
2275
of an inch in thickness, alternate repeatedly with very thin layers of a
2276
feldspathic rock, which is striped with the finest parallel zones of
2277
colour, like an agate, and which sometimes passes into the nature of
2278
pitchstone; the interstices between the nodules of obsidian are generally
2279
filled by soft white matter, resembling pumiceous ashes. Thirdly, the whole
2280
substance of the bounding rock suddenly passes into an angulo-concretionary
2281
mass of obsidian. Such masses (as well as the small nodules) of obsidian
2282
are of a pale green colour, and are generally streaked with different
2283
shades of colour, parallel to the laminae of the surrounding rock; they
2284
likewise generally contain minute white sphaerulites, of which half is
2285
sometimes embedded in a zone of one shade of colour, and half in a zone of
2286
another shade. The obsidian assumes its jet black colour and perfectly
2287
conchoidal fracture, only when in large masses; but even in these, on
2288
careful examination and on holding the specimens in different lights, I
2289
could generally distinguish parallel streaks of different shades of
2290
darkness.
2291
2292
(FIGURE 6. OPAQUE BROWN SPHAERULITES, drawn on an enlarged scale. The upper
2293
ones are externally marked with parallel ridges. The internal radiating
2294
structure of the lower ones, is much too plainly represented.
2295
2296
FIGURE 7. A LAYER FORMED BY THE UNION OF MINUTE BROWN SPHAERULITES,
2297
INTERSECTING TWO OTHER SIMILAR LAYERS: the whole represented of nearly the
2298
natural size.)
2299
2300
One of the commonest transitional rocks deserves in several respects a
2301
further description. It is of a very complicated nature, and consists of
2302
numerous thin, slightly tortuous layers of a pale-coloured feldspathic
2303
stone, often passing into an imperfect pitchstone, alternating with layers
2304
formed of numberless little globules of two varieties of obsidian, and of
2305
two kinds of sphaerulites, embedded in a soft or in a hard pearly base. The
2306
sphaerulites are either white and translucent, or dark brown and opaque;
2307
the former are quite spherical, of small size, and distinctly radiated from
2308
their centre. The dark brown sphaerulites are less perfectly round, and
2309
vary in diameter from the twentieth to the thirtieth of an inch; when
2310
broken they exhibit towards their centres, which are whitish, an obscure
2311
radiating structure; two of them when united sometimes have only one
2312
central point of radiation; there is occasionally a trace of or a hollow
2313
crevice in their centres. They stand either separately, or are united two
2314
or three or many together into irregular groups, or more commonly into
2315
layers, parallel to the stratification of the mass. This union in many
2316
cases is so perfect, that the two sides of the layer thus formed, are quite
2317
even; and these layers, as they become less brown and opaque, cannot be
2318
distinguished from the alternating layers of the pale-coloured feldspathic
2319
stone. The sphaerulites, when not united, are generally compressed in the
2320
plane of the lamination of the mass; and in this same plane, they are often
2321
marked internally, by zones of different shades of colour, and externally
2322
by small ridges and furrows. In the upper part of Figure 6, the
2323
sphaerulites with the parallel ridges and furrows are represented on an
2324
enlarged scale, but they are not well executed; and in the lower part,
2325
their usual manner of grouping is shown. In another specimen, a thin layer
2326
formed of the brown sphaerulites closely united together, intersects, as
2327
represented in Figure 7, a layer of similar composition; and after running
2328
for a short space in a slightly curved line, again intersects it, and
2329
likewise a second layer lying a little way beneath that first intersected.
2330
The small nodules also of obsidian are sometimes externally marked with
2331
ridges and furrows, parallel to the lamination of the mass, but always less
2332
plainly than the sphaerulites. These obsidian nodules are generally
2333
angular, with their edges blunted: they are often impressed with the form
2334
of the adjoining sphaerulites, than which they are always larger; the
2335
separate nodules seldom appear to have drawn each other out by exerting a
2336
mutually attractive force. Had I not found in some cases, a distinct centre
2337
of attraction in these nodules of obsidian, I should have been led to have
2338
considered them as residuary matter, left during the formation of the
2339
pearlstone, in which they are embedded, and of the sphaerulitic globules.
2340
2341
The sphaerulites and the little nodules of obsidian in these rocks so
2342
closely resemble, in general form and structure, concretions in sedimentary
2343
deposits, that one is at once tempted to attribute to them an analogous
2344
origin. They resemble ordinary concretions in the following respects: in
2345
their external form,--in the union of two or three, or of several, into an
2346
irregular mass, or into an even-sided layer,--in the occasional
2347
intersection of one such layer by another, as in the case of chalk-flints,-
2348
-in the presence of two or three kinds of nodules, often close together, in
2349
the same basis,--in their fibrous, radiating structure, with occasional
2350
hollows in their centres,--in the co-existence of a laminary,
2351
concretionary, and radiating structure, as is so well developed in the
2352
concretions of magnesian limestone, described by Professor Sedgwick.
2353
("Geological Transactions" volume 3 part 1 page 37.) Concretions in
2354
sedimentary deposits, it is known, are due to the separation from the
2355
surrounding mass of the whole or part of some mineral substance, and its
2356
aggregation round certain points of attraction. Guided by this fact, I have
2357
endeavoured to discover whether obsidian and the sphaerulites (to which may
2358
be added marekanite and pearlstone, both of them occurring in nodular
2359
concretions in the trachytic series) differ in their constituent parts,
2360
from the minerals generally composing trachytic rocks. It appears from
2361
three analyses, that obsidian contains on an average 76 per cent of silica;
2362
from one analysis, that sphaerulites contain 79.12; from two, that
2363
marekanite contains 79.25; and from two other analyses, that pearlstone
2364
contains 75.62 of silica. (The foregoing analyses are taken from Beudant
2365
"Traite de Mineralogie" tome 2 page 113; and one analysis of obsidian from
2366
Phillips "Mineralogy.") Now, the constituent parts of trachyte, as far as
2367
they can be distinguished consist of feldspar, containing 65.21 of silica;
2368
or of albite, containing 69.09; of hornblende, containing 55.27 (These
2369
analyses are taken from Von Kobell "Grundzuge der Mineralogie" 1838.), and
2370
of oxide of iron: so that the foregoing glassy concretionary substances all
2371
contain a larger proportion of silica than that occurring in ordinary
2372
feldspathic or trachytic rocks. D'Aubuisson ("Traite de Geogn." tome 2 page
2373
535.), also, has remarked on the large proportion of silica compared with
2374
alumina, in six analyses of obsidian and pearlstone given in Brongniart's
2375
"Mineralogy." Hence I conclude, that the foregoing concretions have been
2376
formed by a process of aggregation, strictly analogous to that which takes
2377
place in aqueous deposits, acting chiefly on the silica, but likewise on
2378
some of the other elements of the surrounding mass, and thus producing the
2379
different concretionary varieties. From the well-known effects of rapid
2380
cooling (This is seen in the manufacture of common glass, and in Gregory
2381
Watts's experiments on molten trap; also on the natural surfaces of lava-
2382
streams, and on the side-walls of dikes.) in giving glassiness of texture,
2383
it is probably necessary that the entire mass, in cases like that of
2384
Ascension, should have cooled at a certain rate; but considering the
2385
repeated and complicated alterations of nodules and thin layers of a glassy
2386
texture with other layers quite stony or crystalline, all within the space
2387
of a few feet or even inches, it is hardly possible that they could have
2388
cooled at different rates, and thus have acquired their different textures.
2389
2390
The natural sphaerulites in these rocks very closely resemble those
2391
produced in glass, when slowly cooled. (I do not know whether it is
2392
generally known, that bodies having exactly the same appearance as
2393
sphaerulites, sometimes occur in agates. Mr. Robert Brown showed me in an
2394
agate, formed within a cavity in a piece of silicified wood, some little
2395
specks, which were only just visible to the naked eye: these specks, when
2396
placed by him under a lens of high power, presented a beautiful appearance:
2397
they were perfectly circular, and consisted of the finest fibres of a brown
2398
colour, radiating with great exactness from a common centre. These little
2399
radiating stars are occasionally intersected, and portions are quite cut
2400
off by the fine, ribbon-like zones of colour in the agate. In the obsidian
2401
of Ascension, the halves of a sphaerulite often lie in different zones of
2402
colour, but they are not cut off by them, as in the agate.) In some fine
2403
specimens of partially devitrified glass, in the possession of Mr. Stokes,
2404
the sphaerulites are united into straight layers with even sides, parallel
2405
to each other, and to one of the outer surfaces, exactly as in the
2406
obsidian. These layers sometimes interbranch and form loops; but I did not
2407
see any case of actual intersection. They form the passage from the
2408
perfectly glassy portions, to those nearly homogeneous and stony, with only
2409
an obscure concretionary structure. In the same specimen, also,
2410
sphaerulites differing slightly in colour and in structure, occur embedded
2411
close together. Considering these facts, it is some confirmation of the
2412
view above given of the concretionary origin of the obsidian and natural
2413
sphaerulites, to find that M. Dartigues ("Journal de Physique" tome 59 1804
2414
pages 10, 12.), in his curious paper on this subject, attributes the
2415
production of sphaerulites in glass, to the different ingredients obeying
2416
their own laws of attraction and becoming aggregated. He is led to believe
2417
that this takes place, from the difficulty in remelting sphaerulitic glass,
2418
without the whole be first thoroughly pounded and mixed together; and
2419
likewise from the fact, that the change takes place most readily in glass
2420
composed of many ingredients. In confirmation of M. Dartigues' view, I may
2421
remark, that M. Fleuriau de Bellevue (Idem tome 60 1805 page 418.) found
2422
that the sphaerulitic portions of devitrified glass were acted on both by
2423
nitric acid and under the blowpipe, in a different manner from the compact
2424
paste in which they were embedded.
2425
2426
COMPARISON OF THE OBSIDIAN BEDS AND ALTERNATING STRATA OF ASCENSION, WITH
2427
THOSE OF OTHER COUNTRIES.
2428
2429
I have been struck with much surprise, how closely the excellent
2430
description of the obsidian rocks of Hungary, given by Beudant ("Voyage en
2431
Hongrie" tome 1 page 330; tome 2 pages 221 and 315; tome 3 pages 369, 371,
2432
377, 381.), and that by Humboldt, of the same formation in Mexico and Peru
2433
("Essai Geognostique" pages 176, 326, 328.), and likewise the descriptions
2434
given by several authors (P. Scrope "Geological Transactions" volume 2
2435
second series page 195. Consult also Dolomieu "Voyage aux Isles Lipari" and
2436
D'Aubuisson "Traite de Geogn." tome 2 page 534.) of the trachytic regions
2437
in the Italian islands, agree with my observations at Ascension. Many
2438
passages might have been transferred without alteration from the works of
2439
the above authors, and would have been applicable to this island. They all
2440
agree in the laminated and stratified character of the whole series; and
2441
Humboldt speaks of some of the beds of obsidian being ribboned like jasper.
2442
(In Mr. Stokes' fine collection of obsidians from Mexico, I observe that
2443
the sphaerulites are generally much larger than those of Ascension; they
2444
are generally white, opaque, and are united into distinct layers: there are
2445
many singular varieties, different from any at Ascension. The obsidians are
2446
finely zoned, in quite straight or curved lines, with exceedingly slight
2447
differences of tint, of cellularity, and of more or less perfect degrees of
2448
glassiness. Tracing some of the less perfectly glassy zones, they are seen
2449
to become studded with minute white sphaerulites, which become more and
2450
more numerous, until at last they unite and form a distinct layer: on the
2451
other hand, at Ascension, only the brown sphaerulites unite and form
2452
layers; the white ones always being irregularly disseminated. Some
2453
specimens at the Geological Society, said to belong to an obsidian
2454
formation from Mexico, have an earthy fracture, and are divided in the
2455
finest parallel laminae, by specks of a black mineral, like the augitic or
2456
hornblendic specks in the rocks at Ascension.) They all agree in the
2457
nodular or concretionary character of the obsidian, and of the passage of
2458
these nodules into layers. They all refer to the repeated alterations,
2459
often in undulatory planes, of glassy, pearly, stony, and crystalline
2460
layers: the crystalline layers, however, seem to be much more perfectly
2461
developed at Ascension, than in the above-named countries. Humboldt
2462
compares some of the stony beds, when viewed from a distance, to strata of
2463
a schistose sandstone. Sphaerulites are described as occurring abundantly
2464
in all cases; and they everywhere seem to mark the passage, from the
2465
perfectly glassy to the stony and crystalline beds. Beudant's account
2466
(Beudant "Voyage" tome 3 page 373.) of his "perlite lithoide globulaire" in
2467
every, even the most trifling particular, might have been written for the
2468
little brown sphaerulitic globules of the rocks of Ascension.
2469
2470
From the close similarity in so many respects, between the obsidian
2471
formations of Hungary, Mexico, Peru, and of some of the Italian islands,
2472
with that of Ascension, I can hardly doubt that in all these cases, the
2473
obsidian and the sphaerulites owe their origin to a concretionary
2474
aggregation of the silica, and of some of the other constituent elements,
2475
taking place whilst the liquified mass cooled at a certain required rate.
2476
It is, however, well-known, that in several places, obsidian has flowed in
2477
streams like lava; for instance, at Teneriffe, at the Lipari Islands, and
2478
at Iceland. (For Teneriffe see von Buch "Descript. des Isles Canaries"
2479
pages 184 and 190; for the Lipari Islands see Dolomieu "Voyage" page 34;
2480
for Iceland see Mackenzie "Travels" page 369.) In these cases, the
2481
superficial parts are the most perfectly glassy, the obsidian passing at
2482
the depth of a few feet into an opaque stone. In an analysis by Vauquelin
2483
of a specimen of obsidian from Hecla, which probably flowed as lava, the
2484
proportion of silica is nearly the same as in the nodular or concretionary
2485
obsidian from Mexico. It would be interesting to ascertain, whether the
2486
opaque interior portions and the superficial glassy coating contained the
2487
same proportional constituent parts: we know from M. Dufrenoy ("Memoires
2488
pour servir a une Descript. Geolog. de la France" tome 4 page 371.) that
2489
the exterior and interior parts of the same stream of lava sometimes differ
2490
considerably in their composition. Even should the whole body of the stream
2491
of obsidian turn out to be similarly composed with nodular obsidian, it
2492
would only be necessary, in accordance with the foregoing facts, to suppose
2493
that lava in these instances had been erupted with its ingredients mixed in
2494
the same proportion, as in the concretionary obsidian.
2495
2496
LAMINATION OF VOLCANIC ROCKS OF THE TRACHYTIC SERIES.
2497
2498
We have seen that, in several and widely distant countries, the strata
2499
alternating with beds of obsidian, are highly laminated. The nodules, also,
2500
both large and small, of the obsidian, are zoned with different shades of
2501
colour; and I have seen a specimen from Mexico in Mr. Stokes' collection,
2502
with its external surface weathered (MacCulloch states "Classification of
2503
Rocks" page 531 that the exposed surfaces of the pitchstone dikes in Arran
2504
are furrowed "with undulating lines, resembling certain varieties of
2505
marbled paper, and which evidently result from some corresponding
2506
difference of laminar structure.") into ridges and furrows, corresponding
2507
with the zones of different degrees of glassiness: Humboldt ("Personal
2508
Narrative" volume 1 page 222.), moreover, found on the Peak of Teneriffe, a
2509
stream of obsidian divided by very thin, alternating, layers of pumice.
2510
Many other lavas of the feldspathic series are laminated; thus, masses of
2511
common trachyte at Ascension are divided by fine earthy lines, along which
2512
the rock splits, separating thin layers of slightly different shades of
2513
colour; the greater number, also, of the embedded crystals of glassy
2514
feldspar are placed lengthways in the same direction. Mr. P. Scrope
2515
("Geological Transactions" volume 2 second series page 195.) has described
2516
a remarkable columnar trachyte in the Panza Islands, which seems to have
2517
been injected into an overlying mass of trachytic conglomerate: it is
2518
striped with zones, often of extreme tenuity, of different textures and
2519
colours; the harder and darker zones appearing to contain a larger
2520
proportion of silica. In another part of the island, there are layers of
2521
pearlstone and pitchstone, which in many respects resemble those of
2522
Ascension. The zones in the columnar trachyte are generally contorted; they
2523
extend uninterruptedly for a great length in a vertical direction, and
2524
apparently parallel to the walls of the dike-like mass. Von Buch
2525
("Description des Iles Canaries" page 184.) has described at Teneriffe, a
2526
stream of lava containing innumerable thin, plate-like crystals of
2527
feldspar, which are arranged like white threads, one behind the other, and
2528
which mostly follow the same direction. Dolomieu ("Voyage aux Isles de
2529
Lipari" pages 35 and 85.) also states, that the grey lavas of the modern
2530
cone of Vulcano, which have a vitreous texture, are streaked with parallel
2531
white lines: he further describes a solid pumice-stone which possesses a
2532
fissile structure, like that of certain micaceous schists. Phonolite, which
2533
I may observe is often, if not always, an injected rock, also, often has a
2534
fissile structure; this is generally due to the parallel position of the
2535
embedded crystals of feldspar, but sometimes, as at Fernando Noronha, seems
2536
to be nearly independent of their presence. (In this case, and in that of
2537
the fissile pumice-stone, the structure is very different from that in the
2538
foregoing cases, where the laminae consist of alternate layers of different
2539
composition or texture. In some sedimentary formations, however, which
2540
apparently are homogeneous and fissile, as in glossy clay-slate, there is
2541
reason to believe, according to D'Aubuisson, that the laminae are really
2542
due to excessively thin, alternating, layers of mica.) From these facts we
2543
see, that various rocks of the feldspathic series have either a laminated
2544
or fissile structure, and that it occurs both in masses which have injected
2545
into overlying strata, and in others which have flowed as streams of lava.
2546
2547
The laminae of the beds, alternating with the obsidian at Ascension, dip at
2548
a high angle under the mountain, at the base of which they are situated;
2549
and they do not appear as if they had been inclined by violence. A high
2550
inclination is common to these beds in Mexico, Peru, and in some of the
2551
Italian islands (See Phillips "Mineralogy" for the Italian Islands page
2552
136. For Mexico and Peru see Humboldt "Essai Geognostique." Mr. Edwards
2553
also describes the high inclination of the obsidian rocks of the Cerro del
2554
Navaja in Mexico in the "Proc. of the Geolog. Soc." June 1838.): on the
2555
other hand, in Hungary, the layers are horizontal; the laminae, also, of
2556
some of the lava-streams above referred to, as far as I can understand the
2557
descriptions given of them, appear to be highly inclined or vertical. I
2558
doubt whether in any of these cases, the laminae have been tilted into
2559
their present position; and in some instances, as in that of the trachyte
2560
described by Mr. Scrope, it is almost certain that they have been
2561
originally formed with a high inclination. In many of these cases, there is
2562
evidence that the mass of liquified rock has moved in the direction of the
2563
laminae. At Ascension, many of the air-cells have a drawn out appearance,
2564
and are crossed by coarse semi-glassy fibres, in the direction of the
2565
laminae; and some of the layers, separating the sphaerulitic globules, have
2566
a scored appearance, as if produced by the grating of the globules. I have
2567
seen a specimen of zoned obsidian from Mexico, in Mr. Stokes' collection,
2568
with the surfaces of the best-defined layers streaked or furrowed with
2569
parallel lines; and these lines or streaks precisely resembled those,
2570
produced on the surface of a mass of artificial glass by its having been
2571
poured out of a vessel. Humboldt, also, has described little cavities,
2572
which he compares to the tails of comets, behind sphaerulites in laminated
2573
obsidian rocks from Mexico, and Mr. Scrope has described other cavities
2574
behind fragments embedded in his laminated trachyte, and which he supposes
2575
to have been produced during the movement of the mass. ("Geological
2576
Transactions" volume 2 second series page 200 etc. These embedded
2577
fragments, in some instances, consist of the laminated trachyte broken off
2578
and "enveloped in those parts, which still remained liquid." Beudant, also,
2579
frequently refers in his great work on "Hungary" tome 3 page 386, to
2580
trachytic rocks, irregularly spotted with fragments of the same varieties,
2581
which in other parts form the parallel ribbons. In these cases, we must
2582
suppose, that after part of the molten mass had assumed a laminated
2583
structure, a fresh irruption of lava broke up the mass, and involved
2584
fragments, and that subsequently the whole became relaminated.) From such
2585
facts, most authors have attributed the lamination of these volcanic rocks
2586
to their movement whilst liquified. Although it is easy to perceive, why
2587
each separate air-cell, or each fibre in pumice-stone (Dolomieu "Voyage"
2588
page 64.), should be drawn out in the direction of the moving mass; it is
2589
by no means at first obvious why such air-cells and fibres should be
2590
arranged by the movement, in the same planes, in laminae absolutely
2591
straight and parallel to each other, and often of extreme tenuity; and
2592
still less obvious is it, why such layers should come to be of slightly
2593
different composition and of different textures.
2594
2595
In endeavouring to make out the cause of the lamination of these igneous
2596
feldspathic rocks, let us return to the facts so minutely described at
2597
Ascension. We there see, that some of the thinnest layers are chiefly
2598
formed by numerous, exceedingly minute, though perfect, crystals of
2599
different minerals; that other layers are formed by the union of different
2600
kinds of concretionary globules, and that the layers thus formed, often
2601
cannot be distinguished from the ordinary feldspathic and pitchstone
2602
layers, composing a large portion of the entire mass. The fibrous radiating
2603
structure of the sphaerulites seems, judging from many analogous cases, to
2604
connect the concretionary and crystalline forces: the separate crystals,
2605
also, of feldspar all lie in the same parallel planes. (The formation,
2606
indeed, of a large crystal of any mineral in a rock of mixed composition
2607
implies an aggregation of the requisite atoms, allied to concretionary
2608
action. The cause of the crystals of feldspar in these rocks of Ascension,
2609
being all placed lengthways, is probably the same with that which elongates
2610
and flattens all the brown sphaerulitic globules (which behave like
2611
feldspar under the blowpipe) in this same direction.) These allied forces,
2612
therefore, have played an important part in the lamination of the mass, but
2613
they cannot be considered the primary force; for the several kinds of
2614
nodules, both the smallest and largest, are internally zoned with
2615
excessively fine shades of colour, parallel to the lamination of the whole;
2616
and many of them are, also, externally marked in the same direction with
2617
parallel ridges and furrows, which have not been produced by weathering.
2618
2619
Some of the finest streaks of colour in the stony layers, alternating with
2620
the obsidian, can be distinctly seen to be due to an incipient
2621
crystallisation of the constituent minerals. The extent to which the
2622
minerals have crystallised can, also, be distinctly seen to be connected
2623
with the greater or less size, and with the number, of the minute,
2624
flattened, crenulated air-cavities or fissures. Numerous facts, as in the
2625
case of geodes, and of cavities in silicified wood, in primary rocks, and
2626
in veins, show that crystallisation is much favoured by space. Hence, I
2627
conclude, that, if in a mass of cooling volcanic rock, any cause produced
2628
in parallel planes a number of minute fissures or zones of less tension
2629
(which from the pent-up vapours would often be expanded into crenulated
2630
air-cavities), the crystallisation of the constituent parts, and probably
2631
the formation of concretions, would be superinduced or much favoured in
2632
such planes; and thus, a laminated structure of the kind we are here
2633
considering would be generated.
2634
2635
That some cause does produce parallel zones of less tension in volcanic
2636
rocks, during their consolidation, we must admit in the case of the thin
2637
alternate layers of obsidian and pumice described by Humboldt, and of the
2638
small, flattened, crenulated air-cells in the laminated rocks of Ascension;
2639
for on no other principle can we conceive why the confined vapours should
2640
through their expansion form air-cells or fibres in separate, parallel
2641
planes, instead of irregularly throughout the mass. In Mr. Stokes'
2642
collection, I have seen a beautiful example of this structure, in a
2643
specimen of obsidian from Mexico, which is shaded and zoned, like the
2644
finest agate, with numerous, straight, parallel layers, more or less opaque
2645
and white, or almost perfectly glassy; the degree of opacity and glassiness
2646
depending on the number of microscopically minute, flattened air-cells; in
2647
this case, it is scarcely possible to doubt but that the mass, to which the
2648
fragment belonged, must have been subjected to some, probably prolonged,
2649
action, causing the tension slightly to vary in the successive planes.
2650
2651
Several causes appear capable of producing zones of different tension, in
2652
masses semi-liquified by heat. In a fragment of devitrified glass, I have
2653
observed layers of sphaerulites which appeared, from the manner in which
2654
they were abruptly bent, to have been produced by the simple contraction of
2655
the mass in the vessel, in which it cooled. In certain dikes on Mount Etna,
2656
described by M. Elie de Beaumont ("Mem. pour servir" etc. tome 4 page
2657
131.), as bordered by alternating bands of scoriaceous and compact rock,
2658
one is led to suppose that the stretching movement of the surrounding
2659
strata, which originally produced the fissures, continued whilst the
2660
injected rock remained fluid. Guided, however, by Professor Forbes'
2661
("Edinburgh New Phil. Journal" 1842 page 350.) clear description of the
2662
zoned structure of glacier-ice, far the most probable explanation of the
2663
laminated structure of these feldspathic rocks appears to be, that they
2664
have been stretched whilst slowly flowing onwards in a pasty condition (I
2665
presume that this is nearly the same explanation which Mr. Scrope had in
2666
his mind, when he speaks ("Geolog. Transact." volume 2 second series page
2667
228) of the ribboned structure of his trachytic rocks, having arisen, from
2668
"a linear extension of the mass, while in a state of imperfect liquidity,
2669
coupled with a concretionary process."), in precisely the same manner as
2670
Professor Forbes believes, that the ice of moving glaciers is stretched and
2671
fissured. In both cases, the zones may be compared to those in the finest
2672
agates; in both, they extend in the direction in which the mass has flowed,
2673
and those exposed on the surface are generally vertical: in the ice, the
2674
porous laminae are rendered distinct by the subsequent congelation of
2675
infiltrated water, in the stony feldspathic lavas, by subsequent
2676
crystalline and concretionary action. The fragment of glassy obsidian in
2677
Mr. Stokes' collection, which is zoned with minute air-cells must
2678
strikingly resemble, judging from Professor Forbes' descriptions, a
2679
fragment of the zoned ice; and if the rate of cooling and nature of the
2680
mass had been favourable to its crystallisation or to concretionary action,
2681
we should here have had the finest parallel zones of different composition
2682
and texture. In glaciers, the lines of porous ice and of minute crevices
2683
seem to be due to an incipient stretching, caused by the central parts of
2684
the frozen stream moving faster than the sides and bottom, which are
2685
retarded by friction: hence in glaciers of certain forms and towards the
2686
lower end of most glaciers, the zones become horizontal. May we venture to
2687
suppose that in the feldspathic lavas with horizontal laminae, we see an
2688
analogous case? All geologists, who have examined trachytic regions, have
2689
come to the conclusion, that the lavas of this series have possessed an
2690
exceedingly imperfect fluidity; and as it is evident that only matter thus
2691
characterised would be subject to become fissured and to be formed into
2692
zones of different tensions, in the manner here supposed, we probably see
2693
the reason why augitic lavas, which appear generally to have possessed a
2694
high degree of fluidity, are not, like the feldspathic lavas, divided into
2695
laminae of different composition and texture. (Basaltic lavas, and many
2696
other rocks, are not unfrequently divided into thick laminae or plates, of
2697
the same composition, which are either straight or curved; these being
2698
crossed by vertical lines of fissure, sometimes become united into columns.
2699
This structure seems related, in its origin, to that by which many rocks,
2700
both igneous and sedimentary, become traversed by parallel systems of
2701
fissures.) Moreover, in the augitic series, there never appears to be any
2702
tendency to concretionary action, which we have seen plays an important
2703
part in the lamination of rocks, of the trachytic series, or at least in
2704
rendering that structure apparent.
2705
2706
Whatever may be thought of the explanation here advanced of the laminated
2707
structure of the rocks of the trachytic series, I venture to call the
2708
attention of geologists to the simple fact, that in a body of rock at
2709
Ascension, undoubtedly of volcanic origin, layers often of extreme tenuity,
2710
quite straight, and parallel to each other, have been produced;--some
2711
composed of distinct crystals of quartz and diopside, mingled with
2712
amorphous augitic specks and granular feldspar,--others entirely composed
2713
of these black augitic specks, with granules of oxide of iron,--and lastly,
2714
others formed of crystalline feldspar, in a more or less perfect state of
2715
purity, together with numerous crystals of feldspar, placed lengthways. At
2716
this island, there is reason to believe, and in some analogous cases, it is
2717
certainly known, that the laminae have originally been formed with their
2718
present high inclination. Facts of this nature are manifestly of
2719
importance, with relation to the structural origin of that grand series of
2720
plutonic rocks, which like the volcanic have undergone the action of heat,
2721
and which consist of alternate layers of quartz, feldspar, mica and other
2722
minerals.
2723
2724
2725
CHAPTER IV.--ST. HELENA.
2726
2727
Lavas of the feldspathic, basaltic, and submarine series.
2728
Section of Flagstaff Hill and of the Barn.
2729
Dikes.
2730
Turk's Cap and Prosperous Bays.
2731
Basaltic ring.
2732
Central crateriform ridge, with an internal ledge and a parapet.
2733
Cones of phonolite.
2734
Superficial beds of calcareous sandstone.
2735
Extinct land-shells.
2736
Beds of detritus.
2737
Elevation of the land.
2738
Denudation.
2739
Craters of elevation.
2740
2741
The whole island is of volcanic origin; its circumference, according to
2742
Beatson, is about twenty-eight miles. (Governor Beatson "Account of St.
2743
Helena.") The central and largest part consists of rocks of a feldspathic
2744
nature, generally decomposed to an extraordinary degree; and when in this
2745
state, presenting a singular assemblage of alternating, red, purple, brown,
2746
yellow, and white, soft, argillaceous beds. From the shortness of our
2747
visit, I did not examine these beds with care; some of them, especially
2748
those of the white, yellow, and brown shades, originally existed as streams
2749
of lava, but the greater number were probably ejected in the form of
2750
scoriae and ashes: other beds of a purple tint, porphyritic with crystal-
2751
shaped patches of a white, soft substance, which are now unctuous, and
2752
yield, like wax, a polished streak to the nail, seem once to have existed
2753
as solid claystone-porphyries: the red argillaceous beds generally have a
2754
brecciated structure, and no doubt have been formed by the decomposition of
2755
scoriae. Several extensive streams, however, belonging to this series,
2756
retain their stony character; these are either of a blackish-green colour,
2757
with minute acicular crystals of feldspar, or of a very pale tint, and
2758
almost composed of minute, often scaly, crystals of feldspar, abounding
2759
with microscopical black specks; they are generally compact and laminated;
2760
others, however, of similar composition, are cellular and somewhat
2761
decomposed. None of these rocks contain large crystals of feldspar, or have
2762
the harsh fracture peculiar to trachyte. These feldspathic lavas and tuffs
2763
are the uppermost or those last erupted; innumerable dikes, however, and
2764
great masses of molten rock, have subsequently been injected into them.
2765
They converge, as they rise, towards the central curved ridge, of which one
2766
point attains the elevation of 2,700 feet. This ridge is the highest land
2767
in the island; and it once formed the northern rim of a great crater,
2768
whence the lavas of this series flowed: from its ruined condition, from the
2769
southern half having been removed, and from the violent dislocation which
2770
the whole island has undergone, its structure is rendered very obscure.
2771
2772
BASALTIC SERIES.
2773
2774
The margin of the island is formed by a rude circle of great, black,
2775
stratified, ramparts of basalt, dipping seaward, and worn into cliffs,
2776
which are often nearly perpendicular, and vary in height from a few hundred
2777
feet to two thousand. This circle, or rather horse-shoe shaped ring, is
2778
open to the south, and is breached by several other wide spaces. Its rim or
2779
summit generally projects little above the level of the adjoining inland
2780
country; and the more recent feldspathic lavas, sloping down from the
2781
central heights, generally abut against and overlap its inner margin; on
2782
the north-western side of the island, however, they appear (judging from a
2783
distance) to have flowed over and concealed portions of it. In some parts,
2784
where the basaltic ring has been breached, and the black ramparts stand
2785
detached, the feldspathic lavas have passed between them, and now overhang
2786
the sea-coast in lofty cliffs. The basaltic rocks are of a black colour and
2787
thinly stratified; they are generally highly vesicular, but occasionally
2788
compact; some of them contain numerous crystals of glassy feldspar and
2789
octahedrons of titaniferous iron; others abound with crystals of augite and
2790
grains of olivine. The vesicles are frequently lined with minute crystals
2791
(of chabasie?) and even become amygdaloidal with them. The streams are
2792
separated from each other by cindery matter, or by a bright red, friable,
2793
saliferous tuff, which is marked by successive lines like those of aqueous
2794
deposition; and sometimes it has an obscure, concretionary structure. The
2795
rocks of this basaltic series occur nowhere except near the coast. In most
2796
volcanic districts the trachytic lavas are of anterior origin to the
2797
basaltic; but here we see, that a great pile of rock, closely related in
2798
composition to the trachytic family, has been erupted subsequently to the
2799
basaltic strata: the number, however, of dikes, abounding with large
2800
crystals of augite, with which the feldspathic lavas have been injected,
2801
shows perhaps some tendency to a return to the more usual order of
2802
superposition.
2803
2804
BASAL SUBMARINE LAVAS.
2805
2806
The lavas of this basal series lie immediately beneath both the basaltic
2807
and feldspathic rocks. According to Mr. Seale, they may be seen at
2808
intervals on the sea-beach round the entire island. ("Geognosy of the
2809
Island of St. Helena." Mr. Seale has constructed a gigantic model of St.
2810
Helena, well worth visiting, which is now deposited at Addiscombe College,
2811
in Surrey.) In the sections which I examined, their nature varied much;
2812
some of the strata abound with crystals of augite; others are of a brown
2813
colour, either laminated or in a rubbly condition; and many parts are
2814
highly amygdaloidal with calcareous matter. The successive sheets are
2815
either closely united together, or are separated from each other by beds of
2816
scoriaceous rock and of laminated tuff, frequently containing well-rounded
2817
fragments. The interstices of these beds are filled with gypsum and salt;
2818
the gypsum also sometimes occurring in thin layers. From the large quantity
2819
of these two substances, from the presence of rounded pebbles in the tuffs,
2820
and from the abundant amygdaloids, I cannot doubt that these basal volcanic
2821
strata flowed beneath the sea. This remark ought perhaps to be extended to
2822
a part of the superincumbent basaltic rocks; but on this point, I was not
2823
able to obtain clear evidence. The strata of the basal series, whenever I
2824
examined them, were intersected by an extraordinary number of dikes.
2825
2826
FLAGSTAFF HILL AND THE BARN.
2827
2828
(FIGURE 8. FLAGSTAFF HILL AND THE BARN. (Section West (left) to East
2829
(right)) Flagstaff Hill, 2,272 feet high to The Barn, 2,015 feet high.
2830
2831
The double lines represent the basaltic strata; the single, the basal
2832
submarine strata; the dotted, the upper feldspathic strata; the dikes are
2833
shaded transversely.)
2834
2835
I will now describe some of the more remarkable sections, and will commence
2836
with these two hills, which form the principal external feature on the
2837
north-eastern side of the island. The square, angular outline, and black
2838
colour of the Barn, at once show that it belongs to the basaltic series;
2839
whilst the smooth, conical figure, and the varied bright tints of Flagstaff
2840
Hill, render it equally clear, that it is composed of the softened,
2841
feldspathic rocks. These two lofty hills are connected (as is shown in
2842
Figure 8) by a sharp ridge, which is composed of the rubbly lavas of the
2843
basal series. The strata of this ridge dip westward, the inclination
2844
becoming less and less towards the Flagstaff; and the upper feldspathic
2845
strata of this hill can be seen, though with some difficulty, to dip
2846
conformably to the W.S.W. Close to the Barn, the strata of the ridge are
2847
nearly vertical, but are much obscured by innumerable dikes; under this
2848
hill, they probably change from being vertical into being inclined into an
2849
opposite direction; for the upper or basaltic strata, which are about eight
2850
hundred or one thousand feet in thickness, are inclined north-eastward, at
2851
an angle between thirty and forty degrees.
2852
2853
This ridge, and likewise the Barn and Flagstaff Hills, are interlaced by
2854
dikes, many of which preserve a remarkable parallelism in a N.N.W. and
2855
S.S.E. direction. The dikes chiefly consist of a rock, porphyritic with
2856
large crystals of augite; others are formed of a fine-grained and brown-
2857
coloured trap. Most of these dikes are coated by a glossy layer, from one
2858
to two-tenths of an inch in thickness, which, unlike true pitchstone, fuses
2859
into a black enamel; this layer is evidently analogous to the glossy
2860
superficial coating of many lava streams. (This circumstance has been
2861
observed (Lyell "Principles of Geology" volume 4 chapter 10 page 9) in the
2862
dikes of the Atrio del Cavallo, but apparently it is not of very common
2863
occurrence. Sir G. Mackenzie, however, states (page 372 "Travels in
2864
Iceland") that all the veins in Iceland have a "black vitreous coating on
2865
their sides." Captain Carmichael, speaking of the dikes in Tristan
2866
d'Acunha, a volcanic island in the Southern Atlantic, says ("Linnaean
2867
Transactions" volume 12 page 485) that their sides, "where they come in
2868
contact with the rocks, are invariably in a semi-vitrified state.") The
2869
dikes can often be followed for great lengths both horizontally and
2870
vertically, and they seem to preserve a nearly uniform thickness ("Geognosy
2871
of the Island of St. Helena" plate 5.): Mr. Seale states, that one near the
2872
Barn, in a height of 1,260 feet, decreases in width only four inches,--from
2873
nine feet at the bottom, to eight feet and eight inches at the top. On the
2874
ridge, the dikes appear to have been guided in their course, to a
2875
considerable degree, by the alternating soft and hard strata: they are
2876
often firmly united to the harder strata, and they preserve their
2877
parallelism for such great lengths, that in very many instances it was
2878
impossible to conjecture, which of the beds were dikes, and which streams
2879
of lava. The dikes, though so numerous on this ridge, are even more
2880
numerous in the valleys a little south of it, and to a degree I never saw
2881
equalled anywhere else: in these valleys they extend in less regular lines,
2882
covering the ground with a network, like a spider's web, and with some
2883
parts of the surface even appearing to consist wholly of dikes, interlaced
2884
by other dikes.
2885
2886
From the complexity produced by the dikes, from the high inclination and
2887
anticlinal dip of the strata of the basal series, which are overlaid, at
2888
the opposite ends of the short ridge, by two great masses of different ages
2889
and of different composition, I am not surprised that this singular section
2890
has been misunderstood. It has even been supposed to form part of a crater;
2891
but so far is this from having been the case, that the summit of Flagstaff
2892
Hill once formed the lower extremity of a sheet of lava and ashes, which
2893
were erupted from the central, crateriform ridge. Judging from the slope of
2894
the contemporaneous streams in an adjoining and undisturbed part of the
2895
island, the strata of the Flagstaff Hill must have been upturned at least
2896
twelve hundred feet, and probably much more, for the great truncated dikes
2897
on its summit show that it has been largely denuded. The summit of this
2898
hill now nearly equals in height the crateriform ridge; and before having
2899
been denuded, it was probably higher than this ridge, from which it is
2900
separated by a broad and much lower tract of country; we here, therefore,
2901
see that the lower extremities of a set of lava-streams have been tilted up
2902
to as great a height as, or perhaps greater height than, the crater, down
2903
the flanks of which they originally flowed. I believe that dislocations on
2904
so grand a scale are extremely rare in volcanic districts. (M. Constant
2905
Prevost "Mem. de la Soc. Geolog." tome 2 observes that "les produits
2906
volcaniques n'ont que localement et rarement meme derange le sol, a travers
2907
lequel ils se sont fait jour.") The formation of such numbers of dikes in
2908
this part of the island shows that the surface must here have been
2909
stretched to a quite extraordinary degree: this stretching, on the ridge
2910
between Flagstaff and Barn Hills, probably took place subsequently (though
2911
perhaps immediately so) to the strata being tilted; for had the strata at
2912
that time extended horizontally, they would in all probability have been
2913
fissured and injected transversely, instead of in the planes of their
2914
stratification. Although the space between the Barn and Flagstaff Hill
2915
presents a distinct anticlinal line extending north and south, and though
2916
most of the dikes range with much regularity in the same line,
2917
nevertheless, at only a mile due south of the ridge the strata lie
2918
undisturbed. Hence the disturbing force seems to have acted under a point,
2919
rather than along a line. The manner in which it has acted, is probably
2920
explained by the structure of Little Stony-top, a mountain 2,000 feet high,
2921
situated a few miles southward of the Barn; we there see, even from a
2922
distance, a dark-coloured, sharp, wedge of compact columnar rock, with the
2923
bright-coloured feldspathic strata, sloping away on each side from its
2924
uncovered apex. This wedge, from which it derives its name of Stony-top,
2925
consists of a body of rock, which has been injected whilst liquified into
2926
the overlying strata; and if we may suppose that a similar body of rock
2927
lies injected, beneath the ridge connecting the Barn and Flagstaff, the
2928
structure there exhibited would be explained.
2929
2930
TURK'S CAP AND PROSPEROUS BAYS.
2931
2932
(FIGURE 9. PROSPEROUS HILL AND THE BARN. (Section S.S.E. (left) to N.N.W.
2933
(right) Prosperous Hill through Hold-fast-Tom and Flagstaff Hill to The
2934
Barn.
2935
2936
The double lines represent the basaltic strata; the single, the basal
2937
submarine strata; the dotted, the upper feldspathic strata.)
2938
2939
Prosperous Hill is a great, black, precipitous mountain, situated two miles
2940
and a half south of the Barn, and composed, like it, of basaltic strata.
2941
These rest, in one part, on the brown-coloured, porphyritic beds of the
2942
basal series, and in another part, on a fissured mass of highly scoriaceous
2943
and amygdaloidal rock, which seems to have formed a small point of eruption
2944
beneath the sea, contemporaneously with the basal series. Prosperous Hill,
2945
like the Barn, is traversed by many dikes, of which the greater number
2946
range north and south, and its strata dip, at an angle of about 20 degrees,
2947
rather obliquely from the island towards the sea. The space between
2948
Prosperous Hill and the Barn, as represented in Figure 9, consists of lofty
2949
cliffs, composed of the lavas of the upper or feldspathic series, which
2950
rest, though unconformably, on the basal submarine strata, as we have seen
2951
that they do at Flagstaff Hill. Differently, however, from in that hill,
2952
these upper strata are nearly horizontal, gently rising towards the
2953
interior of the island; and they are composed of greenish-black, or more
2954
commonly, pale brown, compact lavas, instead of softened and highly
2955
coloured matter. These brown-coloured, compact lavas, consist almost
2956
entirely of small glimmering scales, or of minute acicular crystals, of
2957
feldspar, placed close by the side of each other, and abounding with minute
2958
black specks, apparently of hornblende. The basaltic strata of Prosperous
2959
Hill project only a little above the level of the gently-sloping,
2960
feldspathic streams, which wind round and abut against their upturned
2961
edges. The inclination of the basaltic strata seems to be too great to have
2962
been caused by their having flowed down a slope, and they must have been
2963
tilted into their present position before the eruption of the feldspathic
2964
streams.
2965
2966
BASALTIC RING.
2967
2968
Proceeding round the Island, the lavas of the upper series, southward of
2969
Prosperous Hill, overhang the sea in lofty precipices. Further on, the
2970
headland, called Great Stony-top, is composed, as I believe, of basalt; as
2971
is Long Range Point, on the inland side of which the coloured beds abut. On
2972
the southern side of the island, we see the basaltic strata of the South
2973
Barn, dipping obliquely seaward at a considerable angle; this headland,
2974
also, stands a little above the level of the more modern, feldspathic
2975
lavas. Further on, a large space of coast, on each side of Sandy Bay, has
2976
been much denuded, and there seems to be left only the basal wreck of the
2977
great, central crater. The basaltic strata reappear, with their seaward
2978
dip, at the foot of the hill, called Man-and-Horse; and thence they are
2979
continued along the whole north-western coast to Sugar-Loaf Hill, situated
2980
near to the Flagstaff; and they everywhere have the same seaward
2981
inclination, and rest, in some parts at least, on the lavas of the basal
2982
series. We thus see that the circumference of the island is formed by a
2983
much-broken ring, or rather, a horse-shoe, of basalt, open to the south,
2984
and interrupted on the eastern side by many wide breaches. The breadth of
2985
this marginal fringe on the north-western side, where alone it is at all
2986
perfect, appears to vary from a mile to a mile and a half. The basaltic
2987
strata, as well as those of the subjacent basal series, dip, with a
2988
moderate inclination, where they have not been subsequently disturbed,
2989
towards the sea. The more broken state of the basaltic ring round the
2990
eastern half, compared with the western half of the island, is evidently
2991
due to the much greater denuding power of the waves on the eastern or
2992
windward side, as is shown by the greater height of the cliffs on that
2993
side, than to leeward. Whether the margin of basalt was breached, before or
2994
after the eruption of the lavas of the upper series, is doubtful; but as
2995
separate portions of the basaltic ring appear to have been tilted before
2996
that event, and from other reasons, it is more probable, that some at least
2997
of the breaches were first formed. Reconstructing in imagination, as far as
2998
is possible, the ring of basalt, the internal space or hollow, which has
2999
since been filled up with the matter erupted from the great central crater,
3000
appears to have been of an oval figure, eight or nine miles in length by
3001
about four miles in breadth, and with its axis directed in a N.E. and S W.
3002
line, coincident with the present longest axis of the island.
3003
3004
THE CENTRAL CURVED RIDGE.
3005
3006
This ridge consists, as before remarked, of grey feldspathic lavas, and of
3007
red, brecciated, argillaceous tuffs, like the beds of the upper coloured
3008
series. The grey lavas contain numerous, minute, black, easily fusible
3009
specks; and but very few large crystals of feldspar. They are generally
3010
much softened; with the exception of this character, and of being in many
3011
parts highly cellular, they are quite similar to those great sheets of lava
3012
which overhang the coast at Prosperous Bay. Considerable intervals of time
3013
appear to have elapsed, judging from the marks of denudation, between the
3014
formation of the successive beds, of which this ridge is composed. On the
3015
steep northern slope, I observed in several sections a much worn undulating
3016
surface of red tuff, covered by grey, decomposed, feldspathic lavas, with
3017
only a thin earthy layer interposed between them. In an adjoining part, I
3018
noticed a trap-dike, four feet wide, cut off and covered up by the
3019
feldspathic lava, as is represented in Figure 9. The ridge ends on the
3020
eastern side in a hook, which is not represented clearly enough in any map
3021
which I have seen; towards the western end, it gradually slopes down and
3022
divides into several subordinate ridges. The best defined portion between
3023
Diana's Peak and Nest Lodge, which supports the highest pinnacles in the
3024
island varying from 2,000 to 2,700 feet, is rather less than three miles
3025
long in a straight line. Throughout this space the ridge has a uniform
3026
appearance and structure; its curvature resembles that of the coast-line of
3027
a great bay, being made up of many smaller curves, all open to the south.
3028
The northern and outer side is supported by narrow ridges or buttresses,
3029
which slope down to the adjoining country. The inside is much steeper, and
3030
is almost precipitous; it is formed of the basset edges of the strata,
3031
which gently decline outwards. Along some parts of the inner side, a little
3032
way beneath the summit, a flat ledge extends, which imitates in outline the
3033
smaller curvatures of the crest. Ledges of this kind occur not unfrequently
3034
within volcanic craters, and their formation seems to be due to the sinking
3035
down of a level sheet of hardened lava, the edges of which remain (like the
3036
ice round a pool, from which the water has been drained) adhering to the
3037
sides. (A most remarkable instance of this structure is described in Ellis
3038
"Polynesian Researches" second edition where an admirable drawing is given
3039
of the successive ledges or terraces, on the borders of the immense crater
3040
at Hawaii, in the Sandwich Islands.)
3041
3042
(FIGURE 10. DIKE. (Section showing layers 1, 2 and 3 from top to bottom.)
3043
3044
1. Grey feldspathic lava.
3045
3046
2. A layer, one inch in thickness, of a reddish earthy matter.
3047
3048
3. Brecciated, red, argillaceous tuff.)
3049
3050
In some parts, the ridge is surmounted by a wall or parapet, perpendicular
3051
on both sides. Near Diana's Peak this wall is extremely narrow. At the
3052
Galapagos Archipelago I observed parapets, having a quite similar structure
3053
and appearance, surmounting several of the craters; one, which I more
3054
particularly examined, was composed of glossy, red scoriae firmly cemented
3055
together; being externally perpendicular, and extending round nearly the
3056
whole circumference of the crater, it rendered it almost inaccessible. The
3057
Peak of Teneriffe and Cotopaxi, according to Humboldt, are similarly
3058
constructed; he states that "at their summits a circular wall surrounds the
3059
crater, which wall, at a distance, has the appearance of a small cylinder
3060
placed on a truncated cone. ("Personal Narrative" volume 1 page 171.) On
3061
Cotopaxi this peculiar structure is visible to the naked eye at more than
3062
two thousand toises' distance; and no person has ever reached its crater.
3063
(Humboldt "Picturesque Atlas" folio plate 10.) On the Peak of Teneriffe,
3064
the parapet is so high, that it would be impossible to reach the caldera,
3065
if on the eastern side there did not exist a breach." The origin of these
3066
circular parapets is probably due to the heat or vapours from the crater,
3067
penetrating and hardening the sides to a nearly equal depth, and afterwards
3068
to the mountain being slowly acted on by the weather, which would leave the
3069
hardened part, projecting in the form of a cylinder or circular parapet.
3070
3071
From the points of structure in the central ridge, now enumerated,--namely,
3072
from the convergence towards it of the beds of the upper series,--from the
3073
lavas there becoming highly cellular,--from the flat ledge, extending along
3074
its inner and precipitous side, like that within some still active
3075
craters,--from the parapet-like wall on its summit,--and lastly, from its
3076
peculiar curvature, unlike that of any common line of elevation, I cannot
3077
doubt that this curved ridge forms the last remnant of a great crater. In
3078
endeavouring, however, to trace its former outline, one is soon baffled;
3079
its western extremity gradually slopes down, and, branching into other
3080
ridges, extends to the sea-coast; the eastern end is more curved, but it is
3081
only a little better defined. Some appearances lead me to suppose that the
3082
southern wall of the crater joined the present ridge near Nest Lodge; in
3083
this case the crater must have been nearly three miles long, and about a
3084
mile and a half in breadth. Had the denudation of the ridge and the
3085
decomposition of its constituent rocks proceeded a few steps further, and
3086
had this ridge, like several other parts of the island, been broken up by
3087
great dikes and masses of injected matter, we should in vain have
3088
endeavoured to discover its true nature. Even now we have seen that at
3089
Flagstaff Hill the lower extremity and most distant portion of one sheet of
3090
the erupted matter has been upheaved to as great a height as the crater
3091
down which it flowed, and probably even to a greater height. It is
3092
interesting thus to trace the steps by which the structure of a volcanic
3093
district becomes obscured, and finally obliterated: so near to this last
3094
stage is St. Helena, that I believe no one has hitherto suspected that the
3095
central ridge or axis of the island is the last wreck of the crater, whence
3096
the most modern volcanic streams were poured forth.
3097
3098
The great hollow space or valley southward of the central curved ridge,
3099
across which the half of the crater must once have extended, is formed of
3100
bare, water-worn hillocks and ridges of red, yellow, and brown rocks,
3101
mingled together in chaos-like confusion, interlaced by dikes, and without
3102
any regular stratification. The chief part consists of red decomposing
3103
scoriae, associated with various kinds of tuff and yellow argillaceous
3104
beds, full of broken crystals, those of augite being particularly large.
3105
Here and there masses of highly cellular and amygdaloidal lavas protrude.
3106
From one of the ridges in the midst of the valley, a conical precipitous
3107
hill, called Lot, boldly stands up, and forms a most singular and
3108
conspicuous object. It is composed of phonolite, divided in one part into
3109
great curved laminae, in another, into angular concretionary balls, and in
3110
a third part into outwardly radiating columns. At its base the strata of
3111
lava, tuff, and scoriae, dip away on all sides (Abich in his "Views of
3112
Vesuvius" plate 6 has shown the manner in which beds, under nearly similar
3113
circumstances, are tilted up. The upper beds are more turned up than the
3114
lower; and he accounts for this, by showing that the lava insinuates itself
3115
horizontally between the lower beds.); the uncovered portion is 197 feet in
3116
height (This height is given by Mr. Seale in his Geognosy of the island.
3117
The height of the summit above the level of the sea is said to be 1,444
3118
feet.), and its horizontal section gives an oval figure. The phonolite is
3119
of a greenish-grey colour, and is full of minute acicular crystals of
3120
feldspar; in most parts it has a conchoidal fracture, and is sonorous, yet
3121
it is crenulated with minute air-cavities. In a S.W. direction from Lot,
3122
there are some other remarkable columnar pinnacles, but of a less regular
3123
shape, namely, Lot's Wife, and the Asses' Ears, composed of allied kinds of
3124
rock. From their flattened shape, and their relative position to each
3125
other, they are evidently connected on the same line of fissure. It is,
3126
moreover, remarkable that this same N.E. and S.W. line, joining Lot and
3127
Lot's Wife, if prolonged would intersect Flagstaff Hill, which, as before
3128
stated, is crossed by numerous dikes running in this direction, and which
3129
has a disturbed structure, rendering it probable that a great body of once
3130
fluid rock lies injected beneath it.
3131
3132
In this same great valley there are several other conical masses of
3133
injected rock (one, I observed, was composed of compact greenstone), some
3134
of which are not connected, as far as is apparent, with any line of dike;
3135
whilst others are obviously thus connected. Of these dikes, three or four
3136
great lines stretch across the valley in a N.E. and S.W. direction,
3137
parallel to that one connecting the Asses' Ears, Lot's Wife, and probably
3138
Lot. The number of these masses of injected rock is a remarkable feature in
3139
the geology of St. Helena. Besides those just mentioned, and the
3140
hypothetical one beneath Flagstaff Hill, there is Little Stony-top and
3141
others, as I have reason to believe, at the Man-and-Horse, and at High
3142
Hill. Most of these masses, if not all of them, have been injected
3143
subsequently to the last volcanic eruptions from the central crater. The
3144
formation of conical bosses of rock on lines of fissure, the walls of which
3145
are in most cases parallel, may probably be attributed to inequalities in
3146
the tension, causing small transverse fissures, and at these points of
3147
intersection the edges of the strata would naturally yield, and be easily
3148
turned upwards. Finally, I may remark, that hills of phonolite everywhere
3149
are apt to assume singular and even grotesque shapes, like that of Lot
3150
(D'Aubuisson in his "Traite de Geognosie" tome 2 page 540 particularly
3151
remarks that this is the case.): the peak at Fernando Noronha offers an
3152
instance; at St. Jago, however, the cones of phonolite, though tapering,
3153
have a regular form. Supposing, as seems probable, that all such hillocks
3154
or obelisks have originally been injected, whilst liquified, into a mould
3155
formed by yielding strata, as certainly has been the case with Lot, how are
3156
we to account for the frequent abruptness and singularity of their
3157
outlines, compared with similarly injected masses of greenstone and basalt?
3158
Can it be due to a less perfect degree of fluidity, which is generally
3159
supposed to be characteristic of the allied trachytic lavas?
3160
3161
SUPERFICIAL DEPOSITS.
3162
3163
Soft calcareous sandstone occurs in extensive, though thin, superficial
3164
beds, both on the northern and southern shores of the island. It consists
3165
of very minute, equal-sized, rounded particles of shells, and other organic
3166
bodies, which partially retain their yellow, brown, and pink colours, and
3167
occasionally, though very rarely, present an obscure trace of their
3168
original external forms. I in vain endeavoured to find a single unrolled
3169
fragment of a shell. The colour of the particles is the most obvious
3170
character by which their origin can be recognised, the tints being affected
3171
(and an odour produced) by a moderate heat, in the same manner as in fresh
3172
shells. The particles are cemented together, and are mingled with some
3173
earthy matter: the purest masses, according to Beatson, contain 70 per cent
3174
of carbonate of lime. The beds, varying in thickness from two or three feet
3175
to fifteen feet, coat the surface of the ground; they generally lie on that
3176
side of the valley which is protected from the wind, and they occur at the
3177
height of several hundred feet above the level of the sea. Their position
3178
is the same which sand, if now drifted by the trade-wind, would occupy; and
3179
no doubt they thus originated, which explains the equal size and minuteness
3180
of the particles, and likewise the entire absence of whole shells, or even
3181
of moderately-sized fragments. It is remarkable that at the present day
3182
there are no shelly beaches on any part of the coast, whence calcareous
3183
dust could be drifted and winnowed; we must, therefore, look back to a
3184
former period when before the land was worn into the present great
3185
precipices, a shelving coast, like that of Ascension, was favourable to the
3186
accumulation of shelly detritus. Some of the beds of this limestone are
3187
between six hundred and seven hundred feet above the sea; but part of this
3188
height may possibly be due to an elevation of the land, subsequent to the
3189
accumulation of the calcareous sand.
3190
3191
The percolation of rain-water has consolidated parts of these beds into a
3192
solid rock, and has formed masses of dark brown, stalagmitic limestone. At
3193
the Sugar-Loaf quarry, fragments of rock on the adjoining slopes have been
3194
thickly coated by successive fine layers of calcareous matter. (In the
3195
earthy detritus on several parts of this hill, irregular masses of very
3196
impure, crystallised sulphate of lime occur. As this substance is now being
3197
abundantly deposited by the surf at Ascension, it is possible that these
3198
masses may thus have originated; but if so, it must have been at a period
3199
when the land stood at a much lower level. This earthy selenite is now
3200
found at a height of between six hundred and seven hundred feet.) It is
3201
singular, that many of these pebbles have their entire surfaces coated,
3202
without any point of contact having been left uncovered; hence, these
3203
pebbles must have been lifted up by the slow deposition between them of the
3204
successive films of carbonate of lime. Masses of white, finely oolitic rock
3205
are attached to the outside of some of these coated pebbles. Von Buch has
3206
described a compact limestone at Lanzarote, which seems perfectly to
3207
resemble the stalagmitic deposition just mentioned: it coats pebbles, and
3208
in parts is finely oolitic: it forms a far-extended layer, from one inch to
3209
two or three feet in thickness, and it occurs at the height of 800 feet
3210
above the sea, but only on that side of the island exposed to the violent
3211
north-western winds. Von Buch remarks, that it is not found in hollows, but
3212
only on the unbroken and inclined surfaces of the mountain. ("Description
3213
des Isles Canaries" page 293.) He believes, that it has been deposited by
3214
the spray which is borne over the whole island by these violent winds. It
3215
appears, however, to me much more probable that it has been formed, as at
3216
St. Helena, by the percolation of water through finely comminuted shells:
3217
for when sand is blown on a much-exposed coast, it always tends to
3218
accumulate on broad, even surfaces, which offer a uniform resistance to the
3219
winds. At the neighbouring island, moreover, of Feurteventura, there is an
3220
earthy limestone, which, according to Von Buch, is quite similar to
3221
specimens which he has seen from St. Helena, and which he believes to have
3222
been formed by the drifting of shelly detritus. (Idem pages 314 and 374.)
3223
3224
The upper beds of the limestone, at the above-mentioned quarry on the
3225
Sugar-Loaf Hill, are softer, finer-grained and less pure, than the lower
3226
beds. They abound with fragments of land-shells, and with some perfect
3227
ones; they contain, also, the bones of birds, and the large eggs,
3228
apparently of water-fowl. (Colonel Wilkes, in a catalogue presented with
3229
some specimens to the Geological Society, states that as many as ten eggs
3230
were found by one person. Dr. Buckland has remarked ("Geolog. Trans."
3231
volume 5 page 474) on these eggs.) It is probable that these upper beds
3232
remained long in an unconsolidated form, during which time, these
3233
terrestrial productions were embedded. Mr. G.R. Sowerby has kindly examined
3234
three species of land-shells, which I procured from this bed, and has
3235
described them in detail. One of them is a Succinea, identical with a
3236
species now living abundantly on the island; the two others, namely,
3237
Cochlogena fossilis and Helix biplicata, are not known in a recent state:
3238
the latter species was also found in another and different locality,
3239
associated with a species of Cochlogena which is undoubtedly extinct.
3240
3241
BEDS OF EXTINCT LAND-SHELLS.
3242
3243
Land-shells, all of which appear to be species now extinct, occur embedded
3244
in earth, in several parts of the island. The greater number have been
3245
found at a considerable height on Flagstaff Hill. On the N.W. side of this
3246
hill, a rain-channel exposes a section of about twenty feet in thickness,
3247
of which the upper part consists of black vegetable mould, evidently washed
3248
down from the heights above, and the lower part of less black earth,
3249
abounding with young and old shells, and with their fragments: part of this
3250
earth is slightly consolidated by calcareous matter, apparently due to the
3251
partial decomposition of some of the shells. Mr. Seale, an intelligent
3252
resident, who first called attention to these shells, gave me a large
3253
collection from another locality, where the shells appear to have been
3254
embedded in very black earth. Mr. G.R. Sowerby has examined these shells,
3255
and has described them. There are seven species, namely, one Cochlogena,
3256
two species of the genus Cochlicopa, and four of Helix; none of these are
3257
known in a recent state, or have been found in any other country. The
3258
smaller species were picked out of the inside of the large shells of the
3259
Cochlogena aurisvulpina. This last-mentioned species is in many respects a
3260
very singular one; it was classed, even by Lamarck, in a marine genus, and
3261
having thus been mistaken for a sea-shell, and the smaller accompanying
3262
species having been overlooked, the exact localities where it was found
3263
have been measured, and the elevation of this island thus deduced! It is
3264
very remarkable that all the shells of this species found by me in one
3265
spot, form a distinct variety, as described by Mr. Sowerby, from those
3266
procured from another locality by Mr. Seale. As this Cochlogena is a large
3267
and conspicuous shell, I particularly inquired from several intelligent
3268
countrymen whether they had ever seen it alive; they all assured me that
3269
they had not, and they would not even believe that it was a land animal:
3270
Mr. Seale, moreover, who was a collector of shells all his life at St.
3271
Helena, never met with it alive. Possibly some of the smaller species may
3272
turn out to be yet living kinds; but, on the other hand, the two land-
3273
shells which are now living on the island in great numbers, do not occur
3274
embedded, as far as is yet known, with the extinct species. I have shown in
3275
my "Journal" ("Journal of Researches" page 582.), that the extinction of
3276
these land-shells possibly may not be an ancient event; as a great change
3277
took place in the state of the island about one hundred and twenty years
3278
ago, when the old trees died, and were not replaced by young ones, these
3279
being destroyed by the goats and hogs, which had run wild in numbers, from
3280
the year 1502. Mr. Seale states, that on Flagstaff Hill, where we have seen
3281
that the embedded land-shells are especially numerous, traces are
3282
everywhere discoverable, which plainly indicate that it was once thickly
3283
clothed with trees; at present not even a bush grows there. The thick bed
3284
of black vegetable mould which covers the shell-bed, on the flanks of this
3285
hill, was probably washed down from the upper part, as soon as the trees
3286
perished, and the shelter afforded by them was lost.
3287
3288
ELEVATION OF THE LAND.
3289
3290
Seeing that the lavas of the basal series, which are of submarine origin,
3291
are raised above the level of the sea, and at some places to the height of
3292
many hundred feet, I looked out for superficial signs of the elevation of
3293
the land. The bottoms of some of the gorges, which descend to the coast,
3294
are filled up to the depth of about a hundred feet, by rudely divided
3295
layers of sand, muddy clay, and fragmentary masses; in these beds, Mr.
3296
Seale has found the bones of the tropic-bird and of the albatross; the
3297
former now rarely, and the latter never visiting the island. From the
3298
difference between these layers, and the sloping piles of detritus which
3299
rest on them, I suspect that they were deposited, when the gorges stood
3300
beneath the sea. Mr. Seale, moreover, has shown that some of the fissure-
3301
like gorges become, with a concave outline, gradually rather wider at the
3302
bottom than at the top; and this peculiar structure was probably caused by
3303
the wearing action of the sea, when it entered the lower part of these
3304
gorges. (A fissure-like gorge, near Stony-top, is said by Mr. Seale to be
3305
840 feet deep, and only 115 feet in width.) At greater heights, the
3306
evidence of the rise of the land is even less clear: nevertheless, in a
3307
bay-like depression on the table-land behind Prosperous Bay, at the height
3308
of about a thousand feet, there are flat-topped masses of rock, which it is
3309
scarcely conceivable, could have been insulated from the surrounding and
3310
similar strata, by any other agency than the denuding action of a sea-
3311
beach. Much denudation, indeed, has been effected at great elevations,
3312
which it would not be easy to explain by any other means: thus, the flat
3313
summit of the Barn, which is 2,000 feet high, presents, according to Mr.
3314
Seale, a perfect network of truncated dikes; on hills like the Flagstaff,
3315
formed of soft rock, we might suppose that the dikes had been worn down and
3316
cut off by meteoric agency, but we can hardly suppose this possible with
3317
the hard, basaltic strata of the Barn.
3318
3319
COAST DENUDATION.
3320
3321
The enormous cliffs, in many parts between one and two thousand feet in
3322
height, with which this prison-like island is surrounded, with the
3323
exception of only a few places, where narrow valleys descend to the coast,
3324
is the most striking feature in its scenery. We have seen that portions of
3325
the basaltic ring, two or three miles in length by one or two miles in
3326
breadth, and from one to two thousand feet in height, have been wholly
3327
removed. There are, also, ledges and banks of rock, rising out of
3328
profoundly deep water, and distant from the present coast between three and
3329
four miles, which, according to Mr. Seale, can be traced to the shore, and
3330
are found to be the continuations of certain well-known great dikes. The
3331
swell of the Atlantic Ocean has obviously been the active power in forming
3332
these cliffs; and it is interesting to observe that the lesser, though
3333
still great, height of the cliffs on the leeward and partially protected
3334
side of the island (extending from the Sugar-Loaf Hill to South West
3335
Point), corresponds with the lesser degree of exposure. When reflecting on
3336
the comparatively low coasts of many volcanic islands, which also stand
3337
exposed in the open ocean, and are apparently of considerable antiquity,
3338
the mind recoils from an attempt to grasp the number of centuries of
3339
exposure, necessary to have ground into mud and to have dispersed the
3340
enormous cubic mass of hard rock which has been pared off the circumference
3341
of this island. The contrast in the superficial state of St. Helena,
3342
compared with the nearest island, namely, Ascension, is very striking. At
3343
Ascension, the surfaces of the lava-streams are glossy, as if just poured
3344
forth, their boundaries are well defined, and they can often be traced to
3345
perfect craters, whence they were erupted; in the course of many long
3346
walks, I did not observe a single dike; and the coast round nearly the
3347
entire circumference is low, and has been eaten back (though too much
3348
stress must not be placed on this fact, as the island may have been
3349
subsiding) into a little wall only from ten to thirty feet high. Yet during
3350
the 340 years, since Ascension has been known, not even the feeblest signs
3351
of volcanic action have been recorded. (In the "Nautical Magazine" for 1835
3352
page 642, and for 1838 page 361, and in the "Comptes Rendus" April 1838,
3353
accounts are given of a series of volcanic phenomena--earthquakes--troubled
3354
water--floating scoriae and columns of smoke--which have been observed at
3355
intervals since the middle of the last century, in a space of open sea
3356
between longitudes 20 degrees and 22 degrees west, about half a degree
3357
south of the equator. These facts seem to show, that an island or an
3358
archipelago is in process of formation in the middle of the Atlantic: a
3359
line joining St. Helena and Ascension, prolonged, intersects this slowly
3360
nascent focus of volcanic action.) On the other hand, at St. Helena, the
3361
course of no one stream of lava can be traced, either by the state of its
3362
boundaries or of its superficies; the mere wreck of one great crater is
3363
left; not the valleys only, but the surfaces of some of the highest hills,
3364
are interlaced by worn-down dikes, and, in many places, the denuded summits
3365
of great cones of injected rock stand exposed and naked; lastly, as we have
3366
seen, the entire circuit of the island has been deeply worn back into the
3367
grandest precipices.
3368
3369
CRATERS OF ELEVATION.
3370
3371
There is much resemblance in structure and in geological history between
3372
St. Helena, St. Jago, and Mauritius. All three islands are bounded (at
3373
least in the parts which I was able to examine) by a ring of basaltic
3374
mountains, now much broken, but evidently once continuous. These mountains
3375
have, or apparently once had, their escarpments steep towards the interior
3376
of the island, and their strata dip outwards. I was able to ascertain, only
3377
in a few cases, the inclination of the beds; nor was this easy, for the
3378
stratification was generally obscure, except when viewed from a distance. I
3379
feel, however, little doubt that, according to the researches of M. Elie de
3380
Beaumont, their average inclination is greater than that which they could
3381
have acquired, considering their thickness and compactness, by flowing down
3382
a sloping surface. At St. Helena, and at St. Jago, the basaltic strata rest
3383
on older and probably submarine beds of different composition. At all three
3384
islands, deluges of more recent lavas have flowed from the centre of the
3385
island, towards and between the basaltic mountains; and at St. Helena the
3386
central platform has been filled up by them. All three islands have been
3387
raised in mass. At Mauritius the sea, within a late geological period, must
3388
have reached to the foot of the basaltic mountains, as it now does at St.
3389
Helena; and at St. Jago it is cutting back the intermediate plain towards
3390
them. In these three islands, but especially at St. Jago and at Mauritius,
3391
when, standing on the summit of one of the old basaltic mountains, one
3392
looks in vain towards the centre of the island,--the point towards which
3393
the strata beneath one's feet, and of the mountains on each side, rudely
3394
converge,--for a source whence these strata could have been erupted; but
3395
one sees only a vast hollow platform stretched beneath, or piles of matter
3396
of more recent origin.
3397
3398
These basaltic mountains come, I presume, into the class of Craters of
3399
elevation: it is immaterial whether the rings were ever completely formed,
3400
for the portions which now exist have so uniform a structure, that, if they
3401
do not form fragments of true craters, they cannot be classed with ordinary
3402
lines of elevation. With respect to their origin, after having read the
3403
works of Mr. Lyell ("Principles of Geology" fifth edition volume 2 page
3404
171.), and of MM. C. Prevost and Virlet, I cannot believe that the great
3405
central hollows have been formed by a simple dome-shaped elevation, and the
3406
consequent arching of the strata. On the other hand, I have very great
3407
difficulty in admitting that these basaltic mountains are merely the basal
3408
fragments of great volcanoes, of which the summits have either been blown
3409
off, or more probably swallowed up by subsidence. These rings are, in some
3410
instances, so immense, as at St. Jago and at Mauritius, and their
3411
occurrence is so frequent, that I can hardly persuade myself to adopt this
3412
explanation. Moreover, I suspect that the following circumstances, from
3413
their frequent concurrence, are someway connected together,--a connection
3414
not implied in either of the above views: namely, first, the broken state
3415
of the ring; showing that the now detached portions have been exposed to
3416
great denudation, and in some cases, perhaps, rendering it probable that
3417
the ring never was entire; secondly, the great amount of matter erupted
3418
from the central area after or during the formation of the ring; and
3419
thirdly, the elevation of the district in mass. As far as relates to the
3420
inclination of the strata being greater than that which the basal fragments
3421
of ordinary volcanoes would naturally possess, I can readily believe that
3422
this inclination might have been slowly acquired by that amount of
3423
elevation, of which, according to M. Elie de Beaumont, the numerous
3424
upfilled fissures or dikes are the evidence and the measure,--a view
3425
equally novel and important, which we owe to the researches of that
3426
geologist on Mount Etna.
3427
3428
A conjecture, including the above circumstances, occurred to me, when,--
3429
with my mind fully convinced, from the phenomena of 1835 in South America,
3430
that the forces which eject matter from volcanic orifices and raise
3431
continents in mass are identical,--I viewed that part of the coast of St.
3432
Jago, where the horizontally upraised, calcareous stratum dips into the
3433
sea, directly beneath a cone of subsequently erupted lava. (I have given a
3434
detailed account of these phenomena, in a paper read before the Geological
3435
Society in March 1838. At the instant of time, when an immense area was
3436
convulsed and a large tract elevated, the districts immediately surrounding
3437
several of the great vents in the Cordillera remained quiescent; the
3438
subterranean forces being apparently relieved by the eruptions, which then
3439
recommenced with great violence. An event of somewhat the same kind, but on
3440
an infinitely smaller scale, appears to have taken place, according to
3441
Abich ("Views of Vesuvius" plates 1 and 9), within the great crater of
3442
Vesuvius, where a platform on one side of a fissure was raised in mass
3443
twenty feet, whilst on the other side, a train of small volcanoes burst
3444
forth in eruption.) The conjecture is that, during the slow elevation of a
3445
volcanic district or island, in the centre of which one or more orifices
3446
continue open, and thus relieve the subterranean forces, the borders are
3447
elevated more than the central area; and that the portions thus upraised do
3448
not slope gently into the central, less elevated area, as does the
3449
calcareous stratum under the cone at St. Jago, and as does a large part of
3450
the circumference of Iceland, but that they are separated from it by curved
3451
faults. (It appears, from information communicated to me in the most
3452
obliging manner by M. E. Robert, that the circumferential parts of Iceland,
3453
which are composed of ancient basaltic strata alternating with tuff, dip
3454
inland, thus forming a gigantic saucer. M. Robert found that this was the
3455
case, with a few and quite local exceptions, for a space of coast several
3456
hundred miles in length. I find this statement corroborated, as far as
3457
regards one place, by Mackenzie in his "Travels" page 377, and in another
3458
place by some MS. notes kindly lent me by Dr. Holland. The coast is deeply
3459
indented by creeks, at the head of which the land is generally low. M.
3460
Robert informs me, that the inwardly dipping strata appear to extend as far
3461
as this line, and that their inclination usually corresponds with the slope
3462
of the surface, from the high coast-mountains to the low land at the head
3463
of these creeks. In the section described by Sir G. Mackenzie, the dip is
3464
120. The interior parts of the island chiefly consist, as far as is known,
3465
of recently erupted matter. The great size, however, of Iceland, equalling
3466
the bulkiest part of England, ought perhaps to exclude it from the class of
3467
islands we have been considering; but I cannot avoid suspecting that if the
3468
coast-mountains, instead of gently sloping into the less elevated central
3469
area, had been separated from it by irregularly curved faults, the strata
3470
would have been tilted seaward, and a "Crater of elevation," like that of
3471
St. Jago or that of Mauritius, but of much vaster dimensions, would have
3472
been formed. I will only further remark, that the frequent occurrence of
3473
extensive lakes at the foot of large volcanoes, and the frequent
3474
association of volcanic and fresh-water strata, seem to indicate that the
3475
areas around volcanoes are apt to be depressed beneath the level of the
3476
adjoining country, either from having been less elevated, or from the
3477
effects of subsidence.) We might expect, from what we see along ordinary
3478
faults, that the strata on the upraised side, already dipping outwards from
3479
their original formation as lava-streams, would be tilted from the line of
3480
fault, and thus have their inclination increased. According to this
3481
hypothesis, which I am tempted to extend only to some few cases, it is not
3482
probable that the ring would ever be formed quite perfect; and from the
3483
elevation being slow, the upraised portions would generally be exposed to
3484
much denudation, and hence the ring become broken; we might also expect to
3485
find occasional inequalities in the dip of the upraised masses, as is the
3486
case at St. Jago. By this hypothesis the elevation of the districts in
3487
mass, and the flowing of deluges of lava from the central platforms, are
3488
likewise connected together. On this view the marginal basaltic mountains
3489
of the three foregoing islands might still be considered as forming
3490
"Craters of elevation;" the kind of elevation implied having been slow, and
3491
the central hollow or platform having been formed, not by the arching of
3492
the surface, but simply by that part having been upraised to a less height.
3493
3494
3495
CHAPTER V.--GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO.
3496
3497
Chatham Island.
3498
Craters composed of a peculiar kind of tuff.
3499
Small basaltic craters, with hollows at their bases.
3500
Albemarle Island; fluid lavas, their composition.
3501
Craters of tuff; inclination of their exterior diverging strata, and
3502
structure of their interior converging strata.
3503
James Island, segment of a small basaltic crater; fluidity and composition
3504
of its lava-streams, and of its ejected fragments.
3505
Concluding remarks on the craters of tuff, and on the breached condition of
3506
their southern sides.
3507
Mineralogical composition of the rocks of the archipelago.
3508
Elevation of the land.
3509
Direction of the fissures of eruption.
3510
3511
(FIGURE 11. MAP 3. GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO.
3512
3513
Showing Wenman, Abingdon, Bindloes, Tower, Narborough, Albemarle, James,
3514
Indefatigable, Barrington, Chatham, Charles and Hood's Islands.)
3515
3516
This archipelago is situated under the equator, at a distance of between
3517
five and six hundred miles from the west coast of South America. It
3518
consists of five principal islands, and of several small ones, which
3519
together are equal in area, but not in extent of land, to Sicily,
3520
conjointly with the Ionian Islands. (I exclude from this measurement, the
3521
small volcanic islands of Culpepper and Wenman, lying seventy miles
3522
northward of the group. Craters were visible on all the islands of the
3523
group, except on Towers Island, which is one of the lowest; this island is,
3524
however, formed of volcanic rocks.) They are all volcanic: on two, craters
3525
have been seen in eruption, and on several of the other islands, streams of
3526
lava have a recent appearance. The larger islands are chiefly composed of
3527
solid rock, and they rise with a tame outline to a height of between one
3528
and four thousand feet. They are sometimes, but not generally, surmounted
3529
by one principal orifice. The craters vary in size from mere spiracles to
3530
huge caldrons several miles in circumference; they are extraordinarily
3531
numerous, so that I should think, if enumerated, they would be found to
3532
exceed two thousand; they are formed either of scoriae and lava, or of a
3533
brown-coloured tuff; and these latter craters are in several respects
3534
remarkable. The whole group was surveyed by the officers of the "Beagle." I
3535
visited myself four of the principal islands, and received specimens from
3536
all the others. Under the head of the different islands I will describe
3537
only that which appears to me deserving of attention.
3538
3539
CHATHAM ISLAND. CRATERS COMPOSED OF A SINGULAR KIND OF TUFF.
3540
3541
Towards the eastern end of this island there occur two craters composed of
3542
two kinds of tuff; one kind being friable, like slightly consolidated
3543
ashes; and the other compact, and of a different nature from anything which
3544
I have met with described. This latter substance, where it is best
3545
characterised, is of a yellowish-brown colour, translucent, and with a
3546
lustre somewhat resembling resin; it is brittle, with an angular, rough,
3547
and very irregular fracture, sometimes, however, being slightly granular,
3548
and even obscurely crystalline: it can readily be scratched with a knife,
3549
yet some points are hard enough just to mark common glass; it fuses with
3550
ease into a blackish-green glass. The mass contains numerous broken
3551
crystals of olivine and augite, and small particles of black and brown
3552
scoriae; it is often traversed by thin seams of calcareous matter. It
3553
generally affects a nodular or concretionary structure. In a hand specimen,
3554
this substance would certainly be mistaken for a pale and peculiar variety
3555
of pitchstone; but when seen in mass its stratification, and the numerous
3556
layers of fragments of basalt, both angular and rounded, at once render its
3557
subaqueous origin evident. An examination of a series of specimens shows
3558
that this resin-like substance results from a chemical change on small
3559
particles of pale and dark-coloured scoriaceous rocks; and this change
3560
could be distinctly traced in different stages round the edges of even the
3561
same particle. The position near the coast of all the craters composed of
3562
this kind of tuff or peperino, and their breached condition, renders it
3563
probable that they were all formed when standing immersed in the sea;
3564
considering this circumstance, together with the remarkable absence of
3565
large beds of ashes in the whole archipelago, I think it highly probable
3566
that much the greater part of the tuff has originated from the trituration
3567
of fragments of the grey, basaltic lavas in the mouths of craters standing
3568
in the sea. It may be asked whether the heated water within these craters
3569
has produced this singular change in the small scoriaceous particles and
3570
given to them their translucent, resin-like fracture. Or has the associated
3571
lime played any part in this change? I ask these questions from having
3572
found at St. Jago, in the Cape de Verde Islands, that where a great stream
3573
of molten lava has flowed over a calcareous bottom into the sea, the
3574
outermost film, which in other parts resembles pitchstone, is changed,
3575
apparently by its contact with the carbonate of lime, into a resin-like
3576
substance, precisely like the best characterised specimens of the tuff from
3577
this archipelago. (The concretions containing lime, which I have described
3578
at Ascension, as formed in a bed of ashes, present some degree of
3579
resemblance to this substance, but they have not a resinous fracture. At
3580
St. Helena, also, I found veins of a somewhat similar, compact, but non-
3581
resinous substance, occurring in a bed of pumiceous ashes, apparently free
3582
from calcareous matter: in neither of these cases could heat have acted.)
3583
3584
To return to the two craters: one of them stands at the distance of a
3585
league from the coast, the intervening tract consisting of a calcareous
3586
tuff, apparently of submarine origin. This crater consists of a circle of
3587
hills some of which stand quite detached, but all have a very regular, qua-
3588
qua versal dip, at an inclination of between thirty and forty degrees. The
3589
lower beds, to the thickness of several hundred feet, consist of the resin-
3590
like stone, with embedded fragments of lava. The upper beds, which are
3591
between thirty and forty feet in thickness, are composed of a thinly
3592
stratified, fine-grained, harsh, friable, brown-coloured tuff, or peperino.
3593
(Those geologists who restrict the term of "tuff" to ashes of a white
3594
colour, resulting from the attrition of feldspathic lavas, would call these
3595
brown-coloured strata "peperino.") A central mass without any
3596
stratification, which must formerly have occupied the hollow of the crater,
3597
but is now attached only to a few of the circumferential hills, consists of
3598
a tuff, intermediate in character between that with a resin-like, and that
3599
with an earthy fracture. This mass contains white calcareous matter in
3600
small patches. The second crater (520 feet in height) must have existed
3601
until the eruption of a recent, great stream of lava, as a separate islet;
3602
a fine section, worn by the sea, shows a grand funnel-shaped mass of
3603
basalt, surrounded by steep, sloping flanks of tuff, having in parts an
3604
earthy, and in others a semi-resinous fracture. The tuff is traversed by
3605
several broad, vertical dikes, with smooth and parallel sides, which I did
3606
not doubt were formed of basalt, until I actually broke off fragments.
3607
These dikes, however, consist of tuff like that of the surrounding strata,
3608
but more compact, and with a smoother fracture; hence we must conclude,
3609
that fissures were formed and filled up with the finer mud or tuff from the
3610
crater, before its interior was occupied, as it now is, by a solidified
3611
pool of basalt. Other fissures have been subsequently formed, parallel to
3612
these singular dikes, and are merely filled with loose rubbish. The change
3613
from ordinary scoriaceous particles to the substance with a semi-resinous
3614
fracture, could be clearly followed in portions of the compact tuff of
3615
these dikes.
3616
3617
(FIGURE 12. THE KICKER ROCK, 400 FEET HIGH.)
3618
3619
At the distance of a few miles from these two craters, stands the Kicker
3620
Rock, or islet, remarkable from its singular form. It is unstratified, and
3621
is composed of compact tuff, in parts having the resin-like fracture. It is
3622
probable that this amorphous mass, like that similar mass in the case first
3623
described, once filled up the central hollow of a crater, and that its
3624
flanks, or sloping walls, have since been worn quite away by the sea, in
3625
which it stands exposed.
3626
3627
SMALL BASALTIC CRATERS.
3628
3629
A bare, undulating tract, at the eastern end of Chatham Island, is
3630
remarkable from the number, proximity, and form of the small basaltic
3631
craters with which it is studded. They consist, either of a mere conical
3632
pile, or, but less commonly, of a circle, of black and red, glossy scoriae,
3633
partially cemented together. They vary in diameter from thirty to one
3634
hundred and fifty yards, and rise from about fifty to one hundred feet
3635
above the level of the surrounding plain. From one small eminence, I
3636
counted sixty of these craters, all of which were within a third of a mile
3637
from each other, and many were much closer. I measured the distance between
3638
two very small craters, and found that it was only thirty yards from the
3639
summit-rim of one to the rim of the other. Small streams of black, basaltic
3640
lava, containing olivine and much glassy feldspar, have flowed from many,
3641
but not from all of these craters. The surfaces of the more recent streams
3642
were exceedingly rugged, and were crossed by great fissures; the older
3643
streams were only a little less rugged; and they were all blended and
3644
mingled together in complete confusion. The different growth, however, of
3645
the trees on the streams, often plainly marked their different ages. Had it
3646
not been for this latter character, the streams could in few cases have
3647
been distinguished; and, consequently, this wide undulatory tract might
3648
have (as probably many tracts have) been erroneously considered as formed
3649
by one great deluge of lava, instead of by a multitude of small streams,
3650
erupted from many small orifices.
3651
3652
In several parts of this tract, and especially at the base of the small
3653
craters, there are circular pits, with perpendicular sides, from twenty to
3654
forty feet deep. At the foot of one small crater, there were three of these
3655
pits. They have probably been formed, by the falling in of the roofs of
3656
small caverns. (M. Elie de Beaumont has described ("Mem. pour servir" etc.
3657
tome 4 page 113) many "petits cirques d'eboulement" on Etna, of some of
3658
which the origin is historically known.) In other parts, there are
3659
mammiform hillocks, which resemble great bubbles of lava, with their
3660
summits fissured by irregular cracks, which appeared, upon entering them,
3661
to be very deep; lava has not flowed from these hillocks. There are, also,
3662
other very regular, mammiform hillocks, composed of stratified lava, and
3663
surmounted by circular, steep-sided hollows, which, I suppose have been
3664
formed by a body of gas, first, arching the strata into one of the bubble-
3665
like hillocks, and then, blowing off its summit. These several kinds of
3666
hillocks and pits, as well as the numerous, small, scoriaceous craters, all
3667
show that this tract has been penetrated, almost like a sieve, by the
3668
passage of heated vapours. The more regular hillocks could only have been
3669
heaved up, whilst the lava was in a softened state. (Sir G. Mackenzie
3670
"Travels in Iceland" pages 389 to 392, has described a plain of lava at the
3671
foot of Hecla, everywhere heaved up into great bubbles or blisters. Sir
3672
George states that this cavernous lava composes the uppermost stratum; and
3673
the same fact is affirmed by Von Buch "Descript. des Isles Canaries" page
3674
159, with respect to the basaltic stream near Rialejo, in Teneriffe. It
3675
appears singular that it should be the upper streams that are chiefly
3676
cavernous, for one sees no reason why the upper and lower should not have
3677
been equally affected at different times;--have the inferior streams flowed
3678
beneath the pressure of the sea, and thus been flattened, after the passage
3679
through them, of bodies of gas?)
3680
3681
ALBEMARLE ISLAND.
3682
3683
This island consists of five, great, flat-topped craters, which, together
3684
with the one on the adjoining island of Narborough, singularly resemble
3685
each other, in form and height. The southern one is 4,700 feet high, two
3686
others are 3,720 feet, a third only 50 feet higher, and the remaining ones
3687
apparently of nearly the same height. Three of these are situated on one
3688
line, and their craters appear elongated in nearly the same direction. The
3689
northern crater, which is not the largest, was found by the triangulation
3690
to measure, externally, no less than three miles and one-eighth of a mile
3691
in diameter. Over the lips of these great, broad caldrons, and from little
3692
orifices near their summits, deluges of black lava have flowed down their
3693
naked sides.
3694
3695
FLUIDITY OF DIFFERENT LAVAS.
3696
3697
Near Tagus or Banks' Cove, I examined one of these great streams of lava,
3698
which is remarkable from the evidence of its former high degree of
3699
fluidity, especially when its composition is considered. Near the sea-coast
3700
this stream is several miles in width. It consists of a black, compact
3701
base, easily fusible into a black bead, with angular and not very numerous
3702
air-cells, and thickly studded with large, fractured crystals of glassy
3703
albite, varying from the tenth of an inch to half an inch in diameter. (In
3704
the Cordillera of Chile, I have seen lava very closely resembling this
3705
variety at the Galapagos Archipelago. It contained, however, besides the
3706
albite, well-formed crystals of augite, and the base (perhaps in
3707
consequence of the aggregation of the augitic particles) was a shade
3708
lighter in colour. I may here remark, that in all these cases, I call the
3709
feldspathic crystals, "albite," from their cleavage-planes (as measured by
3710
the reflecting goniometer) corresponding with those of that mineral. As,
3711
however, other species of this genus have lately been discovered to cleave
3712
in nearly the same planes with albite, this determination must be
3713
considered as only provisional. I examined the crystals in the lavas of
3714
many different parts of the Galapagos group, and I found that none of them,
3715
with the exception of some crystals from one part of James Island, cleaved
3716
in the direction of orthite or potash-feldspar.) This lava, although at
3717
first sight appearing eminently porphyritic, cannot properly be considered
3718
so, for the crystals have evidently been enveloped, rounded, and penetrated
3719
by the lava, like fragments of foreign rock in a trap-dike. This was very
3720
clear in some specimens of a similar lava, from Abingdon Island, in which
3721
the only difference was, that the vesicles were spherical and more
3722
numerous. The albite in these lavas is in a similar condition with the
3723
leucite of Vesuvius, and with the olivine, described by Von Buch, as
3724
projecting in great balls from the basalt of Lanzarote. ("Description des
3725
Isles Canaries" page 295.) Besides the albite, this lava contains scattered
3726
grains of a green mineral, with no distinct cleavage, and closely
3727
resembling olivine (Humboldt mentions that he mistook a green augitic
3728
mineral, occurring in the volcanic rocks of the Cordillera of Quito, for
3729
olivine.); but as it fuses easily into a green glass, it belongs probably
3730
to the augitic family: at James Island, however, a similar lava contained
3731
true olivine. I obtained specimens from the actual surface, and from a
3732
depth of four feet, but they differed in no respect. The high degree of
3733
fluidity of this lava-stream was at once evident, from its smooth and
3734
gently sloping surface, from the manner in which the main stream was
3735
divided by small inequalities into little rills, and especially from the
3736
manner in which its edges, far below its source, and where it must have
3737
been in some degree cooled, thinned out to almost nothing; the actual
3738
margin consisting of loose fragments, few of which were larger than a man's
3739
head. The contrast between this margin, and the steep walls, above twenty
3740
feet high, bounding many of the basaltic streams at Ascension, is very
3741
remarkable. It has generally been supposed that lavas abounding with large
3742
crystals, and including angular vesicles, have possessed little fluidity;
3743
but we see that the case has been very different at Albemarle Island. (The
3744
irregular and angular form of the vesicles is probably caused by the
3745
unequal yielding of a mass composed, in almost equal proportion, of solid
3746
crystals and of a viscid base. It certainly seems a general circumstance,
3747
as might have been expected, that in lava, which has possessed a high
3748
degree of fluidity, AS WELL AS AN EVEN-SIZED GRAIN, the vesicles are
3749
internally smooth and spherical.) The degree of fluidity in different
3750
lavas, does not seem to correspond with any APPARENT corresponding amount
3751
of difference in their composition: at Chatham Island, some streams,
3752
containing much glassy albite and some olivine, are so rugged, that they
3753
may be compared to a sea frozen during a storm; whilst the great stream at
3754
Albemarle Island is almost as smooth as a lake when ruffled by a breeze. At
3755
James Island, black basaltic lava, abounding with small grains of olivine,
3756
presents an intermediate degree of roughness; its surface being glossy, and
3757
the detached fragments resembling, in a very singular manner, folds of
3758
drapery, cables, and pieces of the bark of trees. (A specimen of basaltic
3759
lava, with a few small broken crystals of albite, given me by one of the
3760
officers, is perhaps worthy of description. It consists of cylindrical
3761
ramifications, some of which are only the twentieth of an inch in diameter,
3762
and are drawn out into the sharpest points. The mass has not been formed
3763
like a stalactite, for the points terminate both upwards and downwards.
3764
Globules, only the fortieth of an inch in diameter, have dropped from some
3765
of the points, and adhere to the adjoining branches. The lava is vesicular,
3766
but the vesicles never reach the surface of the branches, which are smooth
3767
and glossy. As it is generally supposed that vesicles are always elongated
3768
in the direction of the movement of the fluid mass, I may observe, that in
3769
these cylindrical branches, which vary from a quarter to only the twentieth
3770
of an inch in diameter, every air-cell is spherical.)
3771
3772
CRATERS OF TUFF.
3773
3774
About a mile southward of Banks' Cove, there is a fine elliptic crater,
3775
about five hundred feet in depth, and three-quarters of a mile in diameter.
3776
Its bottom is occupied by a lake of brine, out of which some little
3777
crateriform hills of tuff rise. The lower beds are formed of compact tuff,
3778
appearing like a subaqueous deposit; whilst the upper beds, round the
3779
entire circumference, consist of a harsh, friable tuff, of little specific
3780
gravity, but often containing fragments of rock in layers. This upper tuff
3781
contains numerous pisolitic balls, about the size of small bullets, which
3782
differ from the surrounding matter, only in being slightly harder and finer
3783
grained. The beds dip away very regularly on all sides, at angles varying,
3784
as I found by measurement, from twenty-five to thirty degrees. The external
3785
surface of the crater slopes at a nearly similar inclination, and is formed
3786
by slightly convex ribs, like those on the shell of a pecten or scallop,
3787
which become broader as they extend from the mouth of the crater to its
3788
base. These ribs are generally from eight to twenty feet in breadth, but
3789
sometimes they are as much as forty feet broad; and they resemble old,
3790
plastered, much flattened vaults, with the plaster scaling off in plates:
3791
they are separated from each other by gullies, deepened by alluvial action.
3792
At their upper and narrow ends, near the mouth of the crater, these ribs
3793
often consist of real hollow passages, like, but rather smaller than, those
3794
often formed by the cooling of the crust of a lava-stream, whilst the inner
3795
parts have flowed onward;--of which structure I saw many examples at
3796
Chatham Island. There can be no doubt but that these hollow ribs or vaults
3797
have been formed in a similar manner, namely, by the setting or hardening
3798
of a superficial crust on streams of mud, which have flowed down from the
3799
upper part of the crater. In another part of this same crater, I saw open
3800
concave gutters between one and two feet wide, which appear to have been
3801
formed by the hardening of the lower surface of a mud stream, instead of,
3802
as in the former case, of the upper surface. From these facts I think it is
3803
certain that the tuff must have flowed as mud. (This conclusion is of some
3804
interest, because M. Dufrenoy "Mem. pour servir" tome 4 page 274, has
3805
argued from strata of tuff, apparently of similar composition with that
3806
here described, being inclined at angles between 18 degrees and 20 degrees,
3807
that Monte Nuevo and some other craters of Southern Italy have been formed
3808
by upheaval. From the facts given above, of the vaulted character of the
3809
separate rills, and from the tuff not extending in horizontal sheets round
3810
these crateriform hills, no one will suppose that the strata have here been
3811
produced by elevation; and yet we see that their inclination is above 20
3812
degrees, and often as much as 30 degrees. The consolidated strata also, of
3813
the internal talus, as will be immediately seen, dips at an angle of above
3814
30 degrees.) This mud may have been formed either within the crater, or
3815
from ashes deposited on its upper parts, and afterwards washed down by
3816
torrents of rain. The former method, in most of the cases, appears the more
3817
probable one; at James Island, however, some beds of the friable kind of
3818
tuff extend so continuously over an uneven surface, that probably they were
3819
formed by the falling of showers of ashes.
3820
3821
Within this same crater, strata of coarse tuff, chiefly composed of
3822
fragments of lava, abut, like a consolidated talus, against the inside
3823
walls. They rise to a height of between one hundred and one hundred and
3824
fifty feet above the surface of the internal brine-lake; they dip inwards,
3825
and are inclined at an angle varying from thirty to thirty-six degrees.
3826
They appear to have been formed beneath water, probably at a period when
3827
the sea occupied the hollow of the crater. I was surprised to observe that
3828
beds having this great inclination did not, as far as they could be
3829
followed, thicken towards their lower extremities.
3830
3831
BANKS' COVE.
3832
3833
(FIGURE 13. A SECTIONAL SKETCH OF THE HEADLANDS FORMING BANKS' COVE,
3834
showing the diverging crateriform strata, and the converging stratified
3835
talus. The highest point of these hills is 817 feet above the sea.)
3836
3837
This harbour occupies part of the interior of a shattered crater of tuff
3838
larger than that last described. All the tuff is compact, and includes
3839
numerous fragments of lava; it appears like a subaqueous deposit. The most
3840
remarkable feature in this crater is the great development of strata
3841
converging inwards, as in the last case, at a considerable inclination, and
3842
often deposited in irregular curved layers. These interior converging beds,
3843
as well as the proper, diverging crateriform strata, are represented in
3844
Figure 13, a rude, sectional sketch of the headlands, forming this Cove.
3845
The internal and external strata differ little in composition, and the
3846
former have evidently resulted from the wear and tear, and redeposition of
3847
the matter forming the external crateriform strata. From the great
3848
development of these inner beds, a person walking round the rim of this
3849
crater might fancy himself on a circular anticlinal ridge of stratified
3850
sandstone and conglomerate. The sea is wearing away the inner and outer
3851
strata, and especially the latter; so that the inwardly converging strata
3852
will, perhaps, in some future age, be left standing alone--a case which
3853
might at first perplex a geologist. (I believe that this case actually
3854
occurs in the Azores, where Dr. Webster "Description" page 185, has
3855
described a basin-formed, little island, composed of STRATA OF TUFF,
3856
dipping inwards and bounded externally by steep sea-worn cliffs. Dr.
3857
Daubeny supposes "Volcanoes" page 266, that this cavity must have been
3858
formed by a circular subsidence. It appears to me far more probable, that
3859
we here have strata which were originally deposited within the hollow of a
3860
crater, of which the exterior walls have since been removed by the sea.)
3861
3862
JAMES ISLAND.
3863
3864
Two craters of tuff on this island are the only remaining ones which
3865
require any notice. One of them lies a mile and a half inland from Puerto
3866
Grande: it is circular, about the third of a mile in diameter, and 400 feet
3867
in depth. It differs from all the other tuff-craters which I examined, in
3868
having the lower part of its cavity, to the height of between one hundred
3869
and one hundred and fifty feet, formed by a precipitous wall of basalt,
3870
giving to the crater the appearance of having burst through a solid sheet
3871
of rock. The upper part of this crater consists of strata of the altered
3872
tuff, with a semi-resinous fracture. Its bottom is occupied by a shallow
3873
lake of brine, covering layers of salt, which rest on deep black mud. The
3874
other crater lies at the distance of a few miles, and is only remarkable
3875
from its size and perfect condition. Its summit is 1,200 feet above the
3876
level of the sea, and the interior hollow is 600 feet deep. Its external
3877
sloping surface presented a curious appearance from the smoothness of the
3878
wide layers of tuff, which resembled a vast plastered floor. Brattle Island
3879
is, I believe, the largest crater in the Archipelago composed of tuff; its
3880
interior diameter is nearly a nautical mile. At present it is in a ruined
3881
condition, consisting of little more than half a circle open to the south;
3882
its great size is probably due, in part, to internal degradation, from the
3883
action of the sea.
3884
3885
SEGMENT OF A BASALTIC CRATER.
3886
3887
(FIGURE 14. SEGMENT OF A VERY SMALL ORIFICE OF ERUPTION, on the beach of
3888
Fresh-water Bay.)
3889
3890
One side of Fresh-water Bay, in James Island, is bounded by a promontory,
3891
which forms the last wreck of a great crater. On the beach of this
3892
promontory, a quadrant-shaped segment of a small subordinate point of
3893
eruption stands exposed. It consists of nine separate little streams of
3894
lava piled upon each other; and of an irregular pinnacle, about fifteen
3895
feet high, of reddish-brown, vesicular basalt, abounding with large
3896
crystals of glassy albite, and with fused augite. This pinnacle, and some
3897
adjoining paps of rock on the beach, represent the axis of the crater. The
3898
streams of lava can be followed up a little ravine, at right angles to the
3899
coast, for between ten and fifteen yards, where they are hidden by
3900
detritus: along the beach they are visible for nearly eighty yards, and I
3901
do not believe that they extend much further. The three lower streams are
3902
united to the pinnacle; and at the point of junction (as shown in Figure
3903
14, a rude sketch made on the spot), they are slightly arched, as if in the
3904
act of flowing over the lip of the crater. The six upper streams no doubt
3905
were originally united to this same column before it was worn down by the
3906
sea. The lava of these streams is of similar composition with that of the
3907
pinnacle, excepting that the crystals of albite appear to be more
3908
comminuted, and the grains of fused augite are absent. Each stream is
3909
separated from the one above it by a few inches, or at most by one or two
3910
feet in thickness, of loose fragmentary scoriae, apparently derived from
3911
the abrasion of the streams in passing over each other. All these streams
3912
are very remarkable from their thinness. I carefully measured several of
3913
them; one was eight inches thick, but was firmly coated with three inches
3914
above, and three inches below, of red scoriaceous rock (which is the case
3915
with all the streams), making altogether a thickness of fourteen inches:
3916
this thickness was preserved quite uniformly along the entire length of the
3917
section. A second stream was only eight inches thick, including both the
3918
upper and lower scoriaceous surfaces. Until examining this section, I had
3919
not thought it possible that lava could have flowed in such uniformly thin
3920
sheets over a surface far from smooth. These little streams closely
3921
resemble in composition that great deluge of lava at Albemarle Island,
3922
which likewise must have possessed a high degree of fluidity.
3923
3924
PSEUDO-EXTRANEOUS, EJECTED FRAGMENTS.
3925
3926
In the lava and in the scoriae of this little crater, I found several
3927
fragments, which, from their angular form, their granular structure, their
3928
freedom from air-cells, their brittle and burnt condition, closely
3929
resembled those fragments of primary rocks which are occasionally ejected,
3930
as at Ascension, from volcanoes. These fragments consist of glassy albite,
3931
much mackled, and with very imperfect cleavages, mingled with semi-rounded
3932
grains, having tarnished, glossy surfaces, of a steel-blue mineral. The
3933
crystals of albite are coated by a red oxide of iron, appearing like a
3934
residual substance; and their cleavage-planes also are sometimes separated
3935
by excessively fine layers of this oxide, giving to the crystals the
3936
appearance of being ruled like a glass micrometer. There was no quartz. The
3937
steel-blue mineral, which is abundant in the pinnacle, but which disappears
3938
in the streams derived from the pinnacle, has a fused appearance, and
3939
rarely presents even a trace of cleavage; I obtained, however, one
3940
measurement, which proved that it was augite; and in one other fragment,
3941
which differed from the others, in being slightly cellular, and in
3942
gradually blending into the surrounding matrix the small grains of this
3943
mineral were tolerably well crystallised. Although there is so wide a
3944
difference in appearance between the lava of the little streams, and
3945
especially of their red scoriaceous crusts, and one of these angular
3946
ejected fragments, which at first sight might readily be mistaken for
3947
syenite, yet I believe that the lava has originated from the melting and
3948
movement of a mass of rock of absolutely similar composition with the
3949
fragments. Besides the specimen above alluded to, in which we see a
3950
fragment becoming slightly cellular, and blending into the surrounding
3951
matrix, some of the grains of the steel-blue augite also have their
3952
surfaces becoming very finely vesicular, and passing into the nature of the
3953
surrounding paste; other grains are throughout, in an intermediate
3954
condition. The paste seems to consist of the augite more perfectly fused,
3955
or, more probably, merely disturbed in its softened state by the movement
3956
of the mass, and mingled with the oxide of iron and with finely comminuted,
3957
glassy albite. Hence probably it is that the fused albite, which is
3958
abundant in the pinnacle, disappears in the streams. The albite is in
3959
exactly the same state, with the exception of most of the crystals being
3960
smaller in the lava and in the embedded fragments; but in the fragments
3961
they appear to be less abundant: this, however, would naturally happen from
3962
the intumescence of the augitic base, and its consequent apparent increase
3963
in bulk. It is interesting thus to trace the steps by which a compact
3964
granular rock becomes converted into a vesicular, pseudo-porphyritic lava,
3965
and finally into red scoriae. The structure and composition of the embedded
3966
fragments show that they are parts either of a mass of primary rock which
3967
has undergone considerable change from volcanic action, or more probably of
3968
the crust of a body of cooled and crystallised lava, which has afterwards
3969
been broken up and re-liquified; the crust being less acted on by the
3970
renewed heat and movement.
3971
3972
CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE TUFF-CRATERS.
3973
3974
These craters, from the peculiarity of the resin-like substance which
3975
enters largely into their composition, from their structure, their size and
3976
number, present the most striking feature in the geology of this
3977
Archipelago. The majority of them form either separate islets, or
3978
promontories attached to the larger islands; and those which now stand at
3979
some little distance from the coast are worn and breached, as if by the
3980
action of the sea. From this general circumstance of their position, and
3981
from the small quantity of ejected ashes in any part of the Archipelago, I
3982
am led to conclude, that the tuff has been chiefly produced, by the
3983
grinding together of fragments of lava within active craters, communicating
3984
with the sea. In the origin and composition of the tuff, and in the
3985
frequent presence of a central lake of brine and of layers of salt, these
3986
craters resemble, though on a gigantic scale, the "salses," or hillocks of
3987
mud, which are common in some parts of Italy and in other countries.
3988
(D'Aubuisson "Traite de Geognosie" tome 1 page 189. I may remark, that I
3989
saw at Terceira, in the Azores, a crater of tuff or peperino, very similar
3990
to these of the Galapagos Archipelago. From the description given in
3991
Freycinet "Voyage," similar ones occur at the Sandwich Islands; and
3992
probably they are present in many other places.) Their closer connection,
3993
however, in this Archipelago, with ordinary volcanic action, is shown by
3994
the pools of solidified basalt, with which they are sometimes filled up.
3995
3996
It at first appears very singular, that all the craters formed of tuff have
3997
their southern sides, either quite broken down and wholly removed, or much
3998
lower than the other sides. I saw and received accounts of twenty-eight of
3999
these craters; of these, twelve form separate islets (These consist of the
4000
three Crossman Islets, the largest of which is 600 feet in height;
4001
Enchanted Island; Gardner Island (760 feet high); Champion Island (331 feet
4002
high); Enderby Island; Brattle Island; two islets near Indefatigable
4003
Island; and one near James Island. A second crater near James Island (with
4004
a salt lake in its centre) has its southern side only about twenty feet
4005
high, whilst the other parts of the circumference are about three hundred
4006
feet in height.), and now exist as mere crescents quite open to the south,
4007
with occasionally a few points of rock marking their former circumference:
4008
of the remaining sixteen, some form promontories, and others stand at a
4009
little distance inland from the shore; but all have their southern sides
4010
either the lowest, or quite broken down. Two, however, of the sixteen had
4011
their northern sides also low, whilst their eastern and western sides were
4012
perfect. I did not see, or hear of, a single exception to the rule, of
4013
these craters being broken down or low on the side, which faces a point of
4014
the horizon between S.E. and S.W. This rule does not apply to craters
4015
composed of lava and scoriae. The explanation is simple: at this
4016
Archipelago, the waves from the trade-wind, and the swell propagated from
4017
the distant parts of the open ocean, coincide in direction (which is not
4018
the case in many parts of the Pacific), and with their united forces attack
4019
the southern sides of all the islands; and consequently the southern slope,
4020
even when entirely formed of hard basaltic rock, is invariably steeper than
4021
the northern slope. As the tuff-craters are composed of a soft material,
4022
and as probably all, or nearly all, have at some period stood immersed in
4023
the sea, we need not wonder that they should invariably exhibit on their
4024
exposed sides the effects of this great denuding power. Judging from the
4025
worn condition of many of these craters, it is probable that some have been
4026
entirely washed away. As there is no reason to suppose, that the craters
4027
formed of scoriae and lava were erupted whilst standing in the sea, we can
4028
see why the rule does not apply to them. At Ascension, it was shown that
4029
the mouths of the craters, which are there all of terrestrial origin, have
4030
been affected by the trade-wind; and this same power might here, also, aid
4031
in making the windward and exposed sides of some of the craters originally
4032
the lowest.
4033
4034
MINERALOGICAL COMPOSITION OF THE ROCKS.
4035
4036
In the northern islands, the basaltic lavas seem generally to contain more
4037
albite than they do in the southern half of the Archipelago; but almost all
4038
the streams contain some. The albite is not unfrequently associated with
4039
olivine. I did not observe in any specimen distinguishable crystals of
4040
hornblende or augite; I except the fused grains in the ejected fragments,
4041
and in the pinnacle of the little crater, above described. I did not meet
4042
with a single specimen of true trachyte; though some of the paler lavas,
4043
when abounding with large crystals of the harsh and glassy albite, resemble
4044
in some degree this rock; but in every case the basis fuses into a black
4045
enamel. Beds of ashes and far-ejected scoriae, as previously stated, are
4046
almost absent; nor did I see a fragment of obsidian or of pumice. Von Buch
4047
believes that the absence of pumice on Mount Etna is consequent on the
4048
feldspar being of the Labrador variety ("Description des Isles Canaries"
4049
page 328.); if the presence of pumice depends on the constitution of the
4050
feldspar, it is remarkable, that it should be absent in this archipelago,
4051
and abundant in the Cordillera of South America, in both of which regions
4052
the feldspar is of the albitic variety. Owing to the absence of ashes, and
4053
the general indecomposable character of the lava in this Archipelago, the
4054
islands are slowly clothed with a poor vegetation, and the scenery has a
4055
desolate and frightful aspect.
4056
4057
ELEVATION OF THE LAND.
4058
4059
Proofs of the rising of the land are scanty and imperfect. At Chatham
4060
Island, I noticed some great blocks of lava, cemented by calcareous matter,
4061
containing recent shells; but they occurred at the height of only a few
4062
feet above high-water mark. One of the officers gave me some fragments of
4063
shells, which he found embedded several hundred feet above the sea, in the
4064
tuff of two craters, distant from each other. It is possible, that these
4065
fragments may have been carried up to their present height in an eruption
4066
of mud; but as, in one instance, they were associated with broken oyster-
4067
shells, almost forming a layer, it is more probable that the tuff was
4068
uplifted with the shells in mass. The specimens are so imperfect that they
4069
can be recognised only as belonging to recent marine genera. On Charles
4070
Island, I observed a line of great rounded blocks, piled on the summit of a
4071
vertical cliff, at the height of fifteen feet above the line, where the sea
4072
now acts during the heaviest gales. This appeared, at first, good evidence
4073
in favour of the elevation of the land; but it was quite deceptive, for I
4074
afterwards saw on an adjoining part of this same coast, and heard from eye-
4075
witnesses, that wherever a recent stream of lava forms a smooth inclined
4076
plane, entering the sea, the waves during gales have the power of ROLLING
4077
UP ROUNDED blocks to a great height, above the line of their ordinary
4078
action. As the little cliff in the foregoing case is formed by a stream of
4079
lava, which, before being worn back, must have entered the sea with a
4080
gently sloping surface, it is possible or rather it is probable, that the
4081
rounded boulders, now lying on its summit, are merely the remnants of those
4082
which had been ROLLED UP during storms to their present height.
4083
4084
DIRECTION OF THE FISSURES OF ERUPTION.
4085
4086
The volcanic orifices in this group cannot be considered as
4087
indiscriminately scattered. Three great craters on Albermarle Island form a
4088
well-marked line, extending N.W. by N. and S.E. by S. Narborough Island,
4089
and the great crater on the rectangular projection of Albemarle Island,
4090
form a second parallel line. To the east, Hood's Island, and the islands
4091
and rocks between it and James Island, form another nearly parallel line,
4092
which, when prolonged, includes Culpepper and Wenman Islands, lying seventy
4093
miles to the north. The other islands lying further eastward, form a less
4094
regular fourth line. Several of these islands, and the vents on Albemarle
4095
Island, are so placed, that they likewise fall on a set of rudely parallel
4096
lines, intersecting the former lines at right angles; so that the principal
4097
craters appear to lie on the points where two sets of fissures cross each
4098
other. The islands themselves, with the exception of Albemarle Island, are
4099
not elongated in the same direction with the lines on which they stand. The
4100
direction of these islands is nearly the same with that which prevails in
4101
so remarkable a manner in the numerous archipelagoes of the great Pacific
4102
Ocean. Finally, I may remark, that amongst the Galapagos Islands there is
4103
no one dominant vent much higher than all the others, as may be observed in
4104
many volcanic archipelagoes: the highest is the great mound on the south-
4105
western extremity of Albemarle Island, which exceeds by barely a thousand
4106
feet several other neighbouring craters.
4107
4108
4109
CHAPTER VI.--TRACHYTE AND BASALT.--DISTRIBUTION OF VOLCANIC ISLES.
4110
4111
The sinking of crystals in fluid lava.
4112
Specific gravity of the constituent parts of trachyte and of basalt, and
4113
their consequent separation.
4114
Obsidian.
4115
Apparent non-separation of the elements of plutonic rocks.
4116
Origin of trap-dikes in the plutonic series.
4117
Distribution of volcanic islands; their prevalence in the great oceans.
4118
They are generally arranged in lines.
4119
The central volcanoes of Von Buch doubtful.
4120
Volcanic islands bordering continents.
4121
Antiquity of volcanic islands, and their elevation in mass.
4122
Eruptions on parallel lines of fissure within the same geological period.
4123
4124
ON THE SEPARATION OF THE CONSTITUENT MINERALS OF LAVA, ACCORDING TO THEIR
4125
SPECIFIC GRAVITIES.
4126
4127
One side of Fresh-water Bay, in James Island, is formed by the wreck of a
4128
large crater, mentioned in the last chapter, of which the interior has been
4129
filled up by a pool of basalt, about two hundred feet in thickness. This
4130
basalt is of a grey colour, and contains many crystals of glassy albite,
4131
which become much more numerous in the lower, scoriaceous part. This is
4132
contrary to what might have been expected, for if the crystals had been
4133
originally disseminated in equal numbers, the greater intumescence of this
4134
lower scoriaceous part would have made them appear fewer in number. Von
4135
Buch has described a stream of obsidian on the Peak of Teneriffe, in which
4136
the crystals of feldspar become more and more numerous, as the depth or
4137
thickness increases, so that near the lower surface of the stream the lava
4138
even resembles a primary rock. ("Description des Isles Canaries" pages 190
4139
and 191.) Von Buch further states, that M. Dree, in his experiments in
4140
melting lava, found that the crystals of feldspar always tended to
4141
precipitate themselves to the bottom of the crucible. In these cases, I
4142
presume there can be no doubt that the crystals sink from their weight. (In
4143
a mass of molten iron, it is found ("Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal"
4144
volume 24 page 66) that the substances, which have a closer affinity for
4145
oxygen than iron has, rise from the interior of the mass to the surface.
4146
But a similar cause can hardly apply to the separation of the crystals of
4147
these lava-streams. The cooling of the surface of lava seems, in some
4148
cases, to have affected its composition; for Dufrenoy ("Mem. pour servir"
4149
tome 4 page 271) found that the interior parts of a stream near Naples
4150
contained two-thirds of a mineral which was acted on by acids, whilst the
4151
surface consisted chiefly of a mineral unattackable by acids.) The specific
4152
gravity of feldspar varies from 2.4 to 2.58, whilst obsidian seems commonly
4153
to be from 2.3 to 2.4; and in a fluidified state its specific gravity would
4154
probably be less, which would facilitate the sinking of the crystals of
4155
feldspar. (I have taken the specific gravities of the simple minerals from
4156
Von Kobell, one of the latest and best authorities, and of the rocks from
4157
various authorities. Obsidian, according to Phillips, is 2.35; and Jameson
4158
says it never exceeds 2.4; but a specimen from Ascension, weighed by
4159
myself, was 2.42.) At James Island, the crystals of albite, though no doubt
4160
of less weight than the grey basalt, in the parts where compact, might
4161
easily be of greater specific gravity than the scoriaceous mass, formed of
4162
melted lava and bubbles of heated gas.
4163
4164
The sinking of crystals through a viscid substance like molten rock, as is
4165
unequivocally shown to have been the case in the experiments of M. Dree, is
4166
worthy of further consideration, as throwing light on the separation of the
4167
trachytic and basaltic series of lavas. Mr. P. Scrope has speculated on
4168
this subject; but he does not seem to have been aware of any positive
4169
facts, such as those above given; and he has overlooked one very necessary
4170
element, as it appears to me, in the phenomenon--namely, the existence of
4171
either the lighter or heavier mineral in globules or in crystals. In a
4172
substance of imperfect fluidity, like molten rock, it is hardly credible,
4173
that the separate, infinitely small atoms, whether of feldspar, augite, or
4174
of any other mineral, would have power from their slightly different
4175
gravities to overcome the friction caused by their movement; but if the
4176
atoms of any one of these minerals became, whilst the others remained
4177
fluid, united into crystals or granules, it is easy to perceive that from
4178
the lessened friction, their sinking or floating power would be greatly
4179
increased. On the other hand, if all the minerals became granulated at the
4180
same time, it is scarcely possible, from their mutual resistance, that any
4181
separation could take place. A valuable, practical discovery, illustrating
4182
the effect of the granulation of one element in a fluid mass, in aiding its
4183
separation, has lately been made: when lead containing a small proportion
4184
of silver, is constantly stirred whilst cooling, it becomes granulated, and
4185
the grains of imperfect crystals of nearly pure lead sink to the bottom,
4186
leaving a residue of melted metal much richer in silver; whereas if the
4187
mixture be left undisturbed, although kept fluid for a length of time, the
4188
two metals show no signs of separating. (A full and interesting account of
4189
this discovery, by Mr. Pattinson, was read before the British Association
4190
in September 1838. In some alloys, according to Turner "Chemistry" page
4191
210, the heaviest metal sinks, and it appears that this takes place whilst
4192
both metals are fluid. Where there is a considerable difference in gravity,
4193
as between iron and the slag formed during the fusion of the ore, we need
4194
not be surprised at the atoms separating, without either substance being
4195
granulated.) The sole use of the stirring seems to be, the formation of
4196
detached granules. The specific gravity of silver is 10.4, and of lead
4197
11.35: the granulated lead, which sinks, is never absolutely pure, and the
4198
residual fluid metal contains, when richest, only 1/119 part of silver. As
4199
the difference in specific gravity, caused by the different proportions of
4200
the two metals, is so exceedingly small, the separation is probably aided
4201
in a great degree by the difference in gravity between the lead, when
4202
granular though still hot, and when fluid.
4203
4204
In a body of liquified volcanic rock, left for some time without any
4205
violent disturbance, we might expect, in accordance with the above facts,
4206
that if one of the constituent minerals became aggregated into crystals or
4207
granules, or had been enveloped in this state from some previously existing
4208
mass, such crystals or granules would rise or sink, according to their
4209
specific gravity. Now we have plain evidence of crystals being embedded in
4210
many lavas, whilst the paste or basis has continued fluid. I need only
4211
refer, as instances, to the several, great, pseudo-porphyritic streams at
4212
the Galapagos Islands, and to the trachytic streams in many parts of the
4213
world, in which we find crystals of feldspar bent and broken by the
4214
movement of the surrounding, semi-fluid matter. Lavas are chiefly composed
4215
of three varieties of feldspar, varying in specific gravity from 2.4 to
4216
2.74; of hornblende and augite, varying from 3.0 to 3.4; of olivine,
4217
varying from 3.3 to 3.4; and lastly, of oxides of iron, with specific
4218
gravities from 4.8 to 5.2. Hence crystals of feldspar, enveloped in a mass
4219
of liquified, but not highly vesicular lava, would tend to rise to the
4220
upper parts; and crystals or granules of the other minerals, thus
4221
enveloped, would tend to sink. We ought not, however, to expect any perfect
4222
degree of separation in such viscid materials. Trachyte, which consists
4223
chiefly of feldspar, with some hornblende and oxide of iron, has a specific
4224
gravity of about 2.45; whilst basalt, composed chiefly of augite and
4225
feldspar, often with much iron and olivine, has a gravity of about 3.0.
4226
(Trachyte from Java was found by Von Buch to be 2.47; from Auvergne, by De
4227
la Beche, it was 2.42; from Ascension, by myself, it was 2.42. Jameson and
4228
other authors give to basalt a specific gravity of 3.0; but specimens from
4229
Auvergne were found, by De la Beche, to be only 2.78; and from the Giant's
4230
Causeway, to be 2.91.) Accordingly we find, that where both trachytic and
4231
basaltic streams have proceeded from the same orifice, the trachytic
4232
streams have generally been first erupted owing, as we must suppose, to the
4233
molten lava of this series having accumulated in the upper parts of the
4234
volcanic focus. This order of eruption has been observed by Beudant,
4235
Scrope, and by other authors; three instances, also, have been given in
4236
this volume. As the later eruptions, however, from most volcanic mountains,
4237
burst through their basal parts, owing to the increased height and weight
4238
of the internal column of molten rock, we see why, in most cases, only the
4239
lower flanks of the central, trachytic masses, are enveloped by basaltic
4240
streams. The separation of the ingredients of a mass of lava, would,
4241
perhaps, sometimes take place within the body of a volcanic mountain, if
4242
lofty and of great dimensions, instead of within the underground focus; in
4243
which case, trachytic streams might be poured forth, almost
4244
contemporaneously, or at short recurrent intervals, from its summit, and
4245
basaltic streams from its base: this seems to have taken place at
4246
Teneriffe. (Consult Von Buch's well-known and admirable "Description
4247
Physique" of this island, which might serve as a model of descriptive
4248
geology.) I need only further remark, that from violent disturbances the
4249
separation of the two series, even under otherwise favourable conditions,
4250
would naturally often be prevented, and likewise their usual order of
4251
eruption be inverted. From the high degree of fluidity of most basaltic
4252
lavas, these perhaps, alone, would in many cases reach the surface.
4253
4254
As we have seen that crystals of feldspar, in the instance described by Von
4255
Buch, sink in obsidian, in accordance with their known greater specific
4256
gravity, we might expect to find in every trachytic district, where
4257
obsidian has flowed as lava, that it had proceeded from the upper or
4258
highest orifices. This, according to Von Buch, holds good in a remarkable
4259
manner both at the Lipari Islands and on the Peak of Teneriffe; at this
4260
latter place obsidian has never flowed from a less height than 9,200 feet.
4261
Obsidian, also, appears to have been erupted from the loftiest peaks of the
4262
Peruvian Cordillera. I will only further observe, that the specific gravity
4263
of quartz varies from 2.6 to 2.8; and therefore, that when present in a
4264
volcanic focus, it would not tend to sink with the basaltic bases; and
4265
this, perhaps, explains the frequent presence, and the abundance of this
4266
mineral, in the lavas of the trachytic series, as observed in previous
4267
parts of this volume.
4268
4269
An objection to the foregoing theory will, perhaps, be drawn from the
4270
plutonic rocks not being separated into two evidently distinct series, of
4271
different specific gravities; although, like the volcanic, they have been
4272
liquified. In answer, it may first be remarked, that we have no evidence of
4273
the atoms of any one of the constituent minerals in the plutonic series
4274
having been aggregated, whilst the others remained fluid, which we have
4275
endeavoured to show is an almost necessary condition of their separation;
4276
on the contrary, the crystals have generally impressed each other with
4277
their forms. (The crystalline paste of phonolite is frequently penetrated
4278
by long needles of hornblende; from which it appears that the hornblende,
4279
though the more fusible mineral, has crystallised before, or at the same
4280
time with a more refractory substance. Phonolite, as far as my observations
4281
serve, in every instance appears to be an injected rock, like those of the
4282
plutonic series; hence probably, like these latter, it has generally been
4283
cooled without repeated and violent disturbances. Those geologists who have
4284
doubted whether granite could have been formed by igneous liquefaction,
4285
because minerals of different degrees of fusibility impress each other with
4286
their forms, could not have been aware of the fact of crystallised
4287
hornblende penetrating phonolite, a rock undoubtedly of igneous origin. The
4288
viscidity, which it is now known, that both feldspar and quartz retain at a
4289
temperature much below their points of fusion, easily explains their mutual
4290
impressment. Consult on this subject Mr. Horner's paper on Bonn "Geolog.
4291
Transact." volume 4 page 439; and "L'Institut" with respect to quartz 1839
4292
page 161.)
4293
4294
In the second place, the perfect tranquillity, under which it is probable
4295
that the plutonic masses, buried at profound depths, have cooled, would,
4296
most likely, be highly unfavourable to the separation of their constituent
4297
minerals; for, if the attractive force, which during the progressive
4298
cooling draws together the molecules of the different minerals, has power
4299
sufficient to keep them together, the friction between such half-formed
4300
crystals or pasty globules would effectually prevent the heavier ones from
4301
sinking, or the lighter ones from rising. On the other hand, a small amount
4302
of disturbance, which would probably occur in most volcanic foci, and which
4303
we have seen does not prevent the separation of granules of lead from a
4304
mixture of molten lead and silver, or crystals of feldspar from streams of
4305
lava, by breaking and dissolving the less perfectly formed globules, would
4306
permit the more perfect and therefore unbroken crystals, to sink or rise,
4307
according to their specific gravity.
4308
4309
Although in plutonic rocks two distinct species, corresponding to the
4310
trachytic and basaltic series, do not exist, I much suspect that a certain
4311
amount of separation of their constituent parts has often taken place. I
4312
suspect this from having observed how frequently dikes of greenstone and
4313
basalt intersect widely extended formations of granite and the allied
4314
metamorphic rocks. I have never examined a district in an extensive
4315
granitic region without discovering dikes; I may instance the numerous
4316
trap-dikes, in several districts of Brazil, Chile, and Australia, and at
4317
the Cape of Good Hope: many dikes likewise occur in the great granitic
4318
tracts of India, in the north of Europe, and in other countries. Whence,
4319
then, has the greenstone and basalt, forming these dikes, come? Are we to
4320
suppose, like some of the elder geologists, that a zone of trap is
4321
uniformly spread out beneath the granitic series, which composes, as far as
4322
we know, the foundations of the earth's crust? Is it not more probable,
4323
that these dikes have been formed by fissures penetrating into partially
4324
cooled rocks of the granitic and metamorphic series, and by their more
4325
fluid parts, consisting chiefly of hornblende, oozing out, and being sucked
4326
into such fissures? At Bahia, in Brazil, in a district composed of gneiss
4327
and primitive greenstone, I saw many dikes, of a dark augitic (for one
4328
crystal certainly was of this mineral) or hornblendic rock, which, as
4329
several appearances clearly proved, either had been formed before the
4330
surrounding mass had become solid, or had together with it been afterwards
4331
thoroughly softened. (Portions of these dikes have been broken off, and are
4332
now surrounded by the primary rocks, with their laminae conformably winding
4333
round them. Dr. Hubbard also ("Silliman's Journal" volume 34 page 119), has
4334
described an interlacement of trap-veins in the granite of the White
4335
Mountains, which he thinks must have been formed when both rocks were
4336
soft.) On both sides of one of these dikes, the gneiss was penetrated, to
4337
the distance of several yards, by numerous, curvilinear threads or streaks
4338
of dark matter, which resembled in form clouds of the class called cirrhi-
4339
comae; some few of these threads could be traced to their junction with the
4340
dike. When examining them, I doubted whether such hair-like and curvilinear
4341
veins could have been injected, and I now suspect, that instead of having
4342
been injected from the dike, they were its feeders. If the foregoing views
4343
of the origin of trap-dikes in widely extended granitic regions far from
4344
rocks of any other formation, be admitted as probable, we may further
4345
admit, in the case of a great body of plutonic rock, being impelled by
4346
repeated movements into the axis of a mountain-chain, that its more liquid
4347
constituent parts might drain into deep and unseen abysses; afterwards,
4348
perhaps, to be brought to the surface under the form, either of injected
4349
masses of greenstone and augitic porphyry, or of basaltic eruptions. (Mr.
4350
Phillips "Lardner's Encyclop." volume 2 page 115 quotes Von Buch's
4351
statement, that augitic porphyry ranges parallel to, and is found
4352
constantly at the base of, great chains of mountains. Humboldt, also, has
4353
remarked the frequent occurrence of trap-rock, in a similar position; of
4354
which fact I have observed many examples at the foot of the Chilian
4355
Cordillera. The existence of granite in the axes of great mountain chains
4356
is always probable, and I am tempted to suppose, that the laterally
4357
injected masses of augitic porphyry and of trap, bear nearly the same
4358
relation to the granitic axes which basaltic lavas bear to the central
4359
trachytic masses, round the flanks of which they have so frequently been
4360
erupted.) Much of the difficulty which geologists have experienced when
4361
they have compared the composition of volcanic with plutonic formations,
4362
will, I think, be removed, if we may believe that most plutonic masses have
4363
been, to a certain extent, drained of those comparatively weighty and
4364
easily liquified elements, which compose the trappean and basaltic series
4365
of rocks.
4366
4367
ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF VOLCANIC ISLANDS.
4368
4369
During my investigations on coral-reefs, I had occasion to consult the
4370
works of many voyagers, and I was invariably struck with the fact, that
4371
with rare exceptions, the innumerable islands scattered throughout the
4372
Pacific, Indian, and Atlantic Oceans, were composed either of volcanic, or
4373
of modern coral-rocks. It would be tedious to give a long catalogue of all
4374
the volcanic islands; but the exceptions which I have found are easily
4375
enumerated: in the Atlantic, we have St. Paul's Rock, described in this
4376
volume, and the Falkland Islands, composed of quartz and clay-slate; but
4377
these latter islands are of considerable size, and lie not very far from
4378
the South American coast (Judging from Forster's imperfect observation,
4379
perhaps Georgia is not volcanic. Dr. Allan is my informant with regard to
4380
the Seychelles. I do not know of what formation Rodriguez, in the Indian
4381
Ocean, is composed.): in the Indian Ocean, the Seychelles (situated in a
4382
line prolonged from Madagascar) consist of granite and quartz: in the
4383
Pacific Ocean, New Caledonia, an island of large size, belongs (as far as
4384
is known) to the primary class. New Zealand, which contains much volcanic
4385
rock and some active volcanoes, from its size cannot be classed with the
4386
small islands, which we are now considering. The presence of a small
4387
quantity of non-volcanic rock, as of clay-slate on three of the Azores
4388
(This is stated on the authority of Count V. de Bedemar, with respect to
4389
Flores and Graciosa (Charlsworth "Magazine of Nat. Hist." volume 1 page
4390
557). St. Maria has no volcanic rock, according to Captain Boyd (Von Buch
4391
"Descript." page 365). Chatham Island has been described by Dr. Dieffenbach
4392
in the "Geographical Journal" 1841 page 201. As yet we have received only
4393
imperfect notices on Kerguelen Land, from the Antarctic Expedition.), or of
4394
tertiary limestone at Madeira, or of clay-slate at Chatham Island in the
4395
Pacific, or of lignite at Kerguelen Land, ought not to exclude such islands
4396
or archipelagoes, if formed chiefly of erupted matter, from the volcanic
4397
class.
4398
4399
The composition of the numerous islands scattered through the great oceans
4400
being with such rare exceptions volcanic, is evidently an extension of that
4401
law, and the effect of those same causes, whether chemical or mechanical,
4402
from which it results, that a vast majority of the volcanoes now in action
4403
stand either as islands in the sea, or near its shores. This fact of the
4404
ocean-islands being so generally volcanic is also interesting in relation
4405
to the nature of the mountain-chains on our continents, which are
4406
comparatively seldom volcanic; and yet we are led to suppose that where our
4407
continents now stand an ocean once extended. Do volcanic eruptions, we may
4408
ask, reach the surface more readily through fissures formed during the
4409
first stages of the conversion of the bed of the ocean into a tract of
4410
land?
4411
4412
Looking at the charts of the numerous volcanic archipelagoes, we see that
4413
the islands are generally arranged either in single, double, or triple
4414
rows, in lines which are frequently curved in a slight degree. (Professors
4415
William and Henry Darwin Rogers have lately insisted much, in a memoir read
4416
before the American Association, on the regularly curved lines of elevation
4417
in parts of the Appalachian range.) Each separate island is either rounded,
4418
or more generally elongated in the same direction with the group in which
4419
it stands, but sometimes transversely to it. Some of the groups which are
4420
not much elongated present little symmetry in their forms; M. Virlet
4421
("Bulletin de la Soc. Geolog." tome 3 page 110.) states that this is the
4422
case with the Grecian Archipelago: in such groups I suspect (for I am aware
4423
how easy it is to deceive oneself on these points), that the vents are
4424
generally arranged on one line, or on a set of short parallel lines,
4425
intersecting at nearly right angles another line, or set of lines. The
4426
Galapagos Archipelago offers an example of this structure, for most of the
4427
islands and the chief orifices on the largest island are so grouped as to
4428
fall on a set of lines ranging about N.W. by N., and on another set ranging
4429
about W.S.W.: in the Canary Archipelago we have a simpler structure of the
4430
same kind: in the Cape de Verde group, which appears to be the least
4431
symmetrical of any oceanic volcanic archipelago, a N.W. and S.E. line
4432
formed by several islands, if prolonged, would intersect at right angles a
4433
curved line, on which the remaining islands are placed.
4434
4435
Von Buch ("Description des Isles Canaries" page 324.) has classed all
4436
volcanoes under two heads, namely, CENTRAL VOLCANOES, round which numerous
4437
eruptions have taken place on all sides, in a manner almost regular, and
4438
VOLCANIC CHAINS. In the examples given of the first class, as far as
4439
position is concerned, I can see no grounds for their being called
4440
"central;" and the evidence of any difference in mineralogical nature
4441
between CENTRAL VOLCANOES and VOLCANIC CHAINS appears slight. No doubt some
4442
one island in most small volcanic archipelagoes is apt to be considerably
4443
higher than the others; and in a similar manner, whatever the cause may be,
4444
that on the same island one vent is generally higher than all the others.
4445
Von Buch does not include in his class of volcanic chains small
4446
archipelagoes, in which the islands are admitted by him, as at the Azores,
4447
to be arranged in lines; but when viewing on a map of the world how perfect
4448
a series exists from a few volcanic islands placed in a row to a train of
4449
linear archipelagoes following each other in a straight line, and so on to
4450
a great wall like the Cordillera of America, it is difficult to believe
4451
that there exists any essential difference between short and long volcanic
4452
chains. Von Buch (Idem page 393.) states that his volcanic chains surmount,
4453
or are closely connected with, mountain-ranges of primary formation: but if
4454
trains of linear archipelagoes are, in the course of time, by the long-
4455
continued action of the elevatory and volcanic forces, converted into
4456
mountain-ranges, it would naturally result that the inferior primary rocks
4457
would often be uplifted and brought into view.
4458
4459
Some authors have remarked that volcanic islands occur scattered, though at
4460
very unequal distances, along the shores of the great continents, as if in
4461
some measure connected with them. In the case of Juan Fernandez, situated
4462
330 miles from the coast of Chile, there was undoubtedly a connection
4463
between the volcanic forces acting under this island and under the
4464
continent, as was shown during the earthquake of 1835. The islands,
4465
moreover, of some of the small volcanic groups which thus border
4466
continents, are placed in lines, related to those along which the adjoining
4467
shores of the continents trend; I may instance the lines of intersection at
4468
the Galapagos, and at the Cape de Verde Archipelagoes, and the best marked
4469
line of the Canary Islands. If these facts be not merely accidental, we see
4470
that many scattered volcanic islands and small groups are related not only
4471
by proximity, but in the direction of the fissures of eruption to the
4472
neighbouring continents--a relation, which Von Buch considers,
4473
characteristic of his great volcanic chains.
4474
4475
In volcanic archipelagoes, the orifices are seldom in activity on more than
4476
one island at a time; and the greater eruptions usually recur only after
4477
long intervals. Observing the number of craters, that are usually found on
4478
each island of a group, and the vast amount of matter which has been
4479
erupted from them, one is led to attribute a high antiquity even to those
4480
groups, which appear, like the Galapagos, to be of comparatively recent
4481
origin. This conclusion accords with the prodigious amount of degradation,
4482
by the slow action of the sea, which their originally sloping coasts must
4483
have suffered, when they are worn back, as is so often the case, into grand
4484
precipices. We ought not, however, to suppose, in hardly any instance, that
4485
the whole body of matter, forming a volcanic island, has been erupted at
4486
the level, on which it now stands: the number of dikes, which seem
4487
invariably to intersect the interior parts of every volcano, show, on the
4488
principles explained by M. Elie de Beaumont, that the whole mass has been
4489
uplifted and fissured. A connection, moreover, between volcanic eruptions
4490
and contemporaneous elevations in mass has, I think, been shown to exist in
4491
my work on Coral-Reefs, both from the frequent presence of upraised organic
4492
remains, and from the structure of the accompanying coral-reefs. (A similar
4493
conclusion is forced on us, by the phenomena, which accompanied the
4494
earthquake of 1835, at Concepcion, and which are detailed in my paper
4495
(volume 5 page 601) in the "Geological Transactions.") Finally, I may
4496
remark, that in the same Archipelago, eruptions have taken place within the
4497
historical period on more than one of the parallel lines of fissure: thus,
4498
at the Galapagos Archipelago, eruptions have taken place from a vent on
4499
Narborough Island, and from one on Albemarle Island, which vents do not
4500
fall on the same line; at the Canary Islands, eruptions have taken place in
4501
Teneriffe and Lanzarote; and at the Azores, on the three parallel lines of
4502
Pico, St. Jorge, and Terceira. Believing that a mountain-axis differs
4503
essentially from a volcano, only in plutonic rocks having been injected,
4504
instead of volcanic matter having been ejected, this appears to me an
4505
interesting circumstance; for we may infer from it as probable, that in the
4506
elevation of a mountain-chain, two or more of the parallel lines forming it
4507
may be upraised and injected within the same geological period.
4508
4509
4510
CHAPTER VII.--AUSTRALIA; NEW ZEALAND; CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.
4511
4512
New South Wales.
4513
Sandstone formation.
4514
Embedded pseudo-fragments of shale.
4515
Stratification.
4516
Current-cleavage.
4517
Great valleys.
4518
Van Diemen's Land.
4519
Palaeozoic formation.
4520
Newer formation with volcanic rocks.
4521
Travertin with leaves of extinct plants.
4522
Elevation of the land.
4523
New Zealand.
4524
King George's Sound.
4525
Superficial ferruginous beds.
4526
Superficial calcareous deposits, with casts of branches.
4527
Their origin from drifted particles of shells and corals.
4528
Their extent.
4529
Cape of Good Hope.
4530
Junction of the granite and clay-slate.
4531
Sandstone formation.
4532
4533
The "Beagle," in her homeward voyage, touched at New Zealand, Australia,
4534
Van Diemen's Land, and the Cape of Good Hope. In order to confine the Third
4535
Part of these Geological Observations to South America, I will here briefly
4536
describe all that I observed at these places worthy of the attention of
4537
geologists.
4538
4539
NEW SOUTH WALES.
4540
4541
My opportunities of observation consisted of a ride of ninety geographical
4542
miles to Bathurst, in a W.N.W. direction from Sydney. The first thirty
4543
miles from the coast passes over a sandstone country, broken up in many
4544
places by trap-rocks, and separated by a bold escarpment overhanging the
4545
river Nepean, from the great sandstone platform of the Blue Mountains. This
4546
upper platform is 1,000 feet high at the edge of the escarpment, and rises
4547
in a distance of twenty-five miles to between three and four thousand feet
4548
above the level of the sea. At this distance the road descends to a country
4549
rather less elevated, and composed in chief part of primary rocks. There is
4550
much granite, in one part passing into a red porphyry with octagonal
4551
crystals of quartz, and intersected in some places by trap-dikes. Near the
4552
Downs of Bathurst I passed over much pale-brown, glossy clay-slate, with
4553
the shattered laminae running north and south; I mention this fact, because
4554
Captain King informs me that, in the country a hundred miles southward,
4555
near Lake George, the mica-slate ranges so invariably north and south that
4556
the inhabitants take advantage of it in finding their way through the
4557
forests.
4558
4559
The sandstone of the Blue Mountains is at least 1,200 feet thick, and in
4560
some parts is apparently of greater thickness; it consists of small grains
4561
of quartz, cemented by white earthy matter, and it abounds with ferruginous
4562
veins. The lower beds sometimes alternate with shales and coal: at Wolgan I
4563
found in carbonaceous shale leaves of the Glossopteris Brownii, a fern
4564
which so frequently accompanies the coal of Australia. The sandstone
4565
contains pebbles of quartz; and these generally increase in number and size
4566
(seldom, however, exceeding an inch or two in diameter) in the upper beds:
4567
I observed a similar circumstance in the grand sandstone formation at the
4568
Cape of Good Hope. On the South American coast, where tertiary and supra-
4569
tertiary beds have been extensively elevated, I repeatedly noticed that the
4570
uppermost beds were formed of coarser materials than the lower: this
4571
appears to indicate that, as the sea became shallower, the force of the
4572
waves or currents increased. On the lower platform, however, between the
4573
Blue Mountains and the coast, I observed that the upper beds of the
4574
sandstone frequently passed into argillaceous shale,--the effect, probably,
4575
of this lower space having been protected from strong currents during its
4576
elevation. The sandstone of the Blue Mountains evidently having been of
4577
mechanical origin, and not having suffered any metamorphic action, I was
4578
surprised at observing that, in some specimens, nearly all the grains of
4579
quartz were so perfectly crystallised with brilliant facets that they
4580
evidently had not in their PRESENT form been aggregated in any previously
4581
existing rock. (I have lately seen, in a paper by Smith (the father of
4582
English geologists), in the "Magazine of Natural History," that the grains
4583
of quartz in the millstone grit of England are often crystallised. Sir
4584
David Brewster, in a paper read before the British Association, 1840,
4585
states, that in old decomposed glass, the silex and metals separate into
4586
concentric rings, and that the silex regains its crystalline structure, as
4587
is shown by its action on light.) It is difficult to imagine how these
4588
crystals could have been formed; one can hardly believe that they were
4589
separately precipitated in their present crystallised state. Is it possible
4590
that rounded grains of quartz may have been acted on by a fluid corroding
4591
their surfaces, and depositing on them fresh silica? I may remark that, in
4592
the sandstone formation of the Cape of Good Hope, it is evident that silica
4593
has been profusely deposited from aqueous solution.
4594
4595
In several parts of the sandstone I noticed patches of shale which might at
4596
the first glance have been mistaken for extraneous fragments; their
4597
horizontal laminae, however, being parallel with those of the sandstone,
4598
showed that they were the remnants of thin, continuous beds. One such
4599
fragment (probably the section of a long narrow strip) seen in the face of
4600
a cliff, was of greater vertical thickness than breadth, which proves that
4601
this bed of shale must have been in some slight degree consolidated, after
4602
having been deposited, and before being worn away by the currents. Each
4603
patch of the shale shows, also, how slowly many of the successive layers of
4604
sandstone were deposited. These pseudo-fragments of shale will perhaps
4605
explain, in some cases, the origin of apparently extraneous fragments in
4606
crystalline metamorphic rocks. I mention this, because I found near Rio de
4607
Janeiro a well-defined angular fragment, seven yards long by two yards in
4608
breadth, of gneiss containing garnets and mica in layers, enclosed in the
4609
ordinary, stratified, porphyritic gneiss of the country. The laminae of the
4610
fragment and of the surrounding matrix ran in exactly the same direction,
4611
but they dipped at different angles. I do not wish to affirm that this
4612
singular fragment (a solitary case, as far as I know) was originally
4613
deposited in a layer, like the shale in the Blue Mountains, between the
4614
strata of the porphyritic gneiss, before they were metamorphosed; but there
4615
is sufficient analogy between the two cases to render such an explanation
4616
possible.
4617
4618
STRATIFICATION OF THE ESCARPMENT.
4619
4620
The strata of the Blue Mountains appear to the eye horizontal; but they
4621
probably have a similar inclination with the surface of the platform, which
4622
slopes from the west towards the escarpment over the Nepean, at an angle of
4623
one degree, or of one hundred feet in a mile. (This is stated on the
4624
authority of Sir T. Mitchell in "Travels" volume 2 page 357.) The strata of
4625
the escarpment dip almost conformably with its steeply inclined face, and
4626
with so much regularity, that they appear as if thrown into their present
4627
position; but on a more careful examination, they are seen to thicken and
4628
to thin out, and in the upper part to be succeeded and almost capped by
4629
horizontal beds. These appearances render it probable, that we here see an
4630
original escarpment, not formed by the sea having eaten back into the
4631
strata, but by the strata having originally extended only thus far. Those
4632
who have been in the habit of examining accurate charts of sea-coasts,
4633
where sediment is accumulating, will be aware, that the surfaces of the
4634
banks thus formed, generally slope from the coast very gently towards a
4635
certain line in the offing, beyond which the depth in most cases suddenly
4636
becomes great. I may instance the great banks of sediment within the West
4637
Indian Archipelago (I have described these very curious banks in the
4638
Appendix to my volume on the structure of Coral-Reefs. I have ascertained
4639
the inclination of the edges of the banks, from information given me by
4640
Captain B. Allen, one of the surveyors, and by carefully measuring the
4641
horizontal distances between the last sounding on the bank and the first in
4642
the deep water. Widely extended banks in all parts of the West Indies have
4643
the same general form of surface.), which terminate in submarine slopes,
4644
inclined at angles of between thirty and forty degrees, and sometimes even
4645
at more than forty degrees: every one knows how steep such a slope would
4646
appear on the land. Banks of this nature, if uplifted, would probably have
4647
nearly the same external form as the platform of the Blue Mountains, where
4648
it abruptly terminates over the Nepean.
4649
4650
CURRENT-CLEAVAGE.
4651
4652
The strata of sandstone in the low coast country, and likewise on the Blue
4653
Mountains, are often divided by cross or current laminae, which dip in
4654
different directions, and frequently at an angle of forty-five degrees.
4655
Most authors have attributed these cross layers to successive small
4656
accumulations on an inclined surface; but from a careful examination in
4657
some parts of the New Red Sandstone of England, I believe that such layers
4658
generally form parts of a series of curves, like gigantic tidal ripples,
4659
the tops of which have since been cut off, either by nearly horizontal
4660
layers, or by another set of great ripples, the folds of which do not
4661
exactly coincide with those below them. It is well-known to surveyors that
4662
mud and sand are disturbed during storms at considerable depths, at least
4663
from three hundred to four hundred and fifty feet (See Martin White on
4664
"Soundings in the British Channel" pages 4 and 166.), so that the nature of
4665
the bottom even becomes temporarily changed; the bottom, also, at a depth
4666
between sixty and seventy feet, has been observed to be broadly rippled.
4667
(M. Siau on the "Action of Waves" "Edin. New Phil. Journ." volume 31 page
4668
245.) One may, therefore, be allowed to suspect, from the appearance just
4669
mentioned in the New Red Sandstone, that at greater depths, the bed of the
4670
ocean is heaped up during gales into great ripple-like furrows and
4671
depressions, which are afterwards cut off by the currents during more
4672
tranquil weather, and again furrowed during gales.
4673
4674
VALLEYS IN THE SANDSTONE PLATFORMS.
4675
4676
The grand valleys, by which the Blue Mountains and the other sandstone
4677
platforms of this part of Australia are penetrated, and which long offered
4678
an insuperable obstacle to the attempts of the most enterprising colonist
4679
to reach the interior country, form the most striking feature in the
4680
geology of New South Wales. They are of grand dimensions, and are bordered
4681
by continuous links of lofty cliffs. It is not easy to conceive a more
4682
magnificent spectacle, than is presented to a person walking on the summit-
4683
plains, when without any notice he arrives at the brink of one of these
4684
cliffs, which are so perpendicular, that he can strike with a stone (as I
4685
have tried) the trees growing, at the depth of between one thousand and one
4686
thousand five hundred feet below him; on both hands he sees headland beyond
4687
headland of the receding line of cliff, and on the opposite side of the
4688
valley, often at the distance of several miles, he beholds another line
4689
rising up to the same height with that on which he stands, and formed of
4690
the same horizontal strata of pale sandstone. The bottoms of these valleys
4691
are moderately level, and the fall of the rivers flowing in them, according
4692
to Sir T. Mitchell, is gentle. The main valleys often send into the
4693
platform great baylike arms, which expand at their upper ends; and on the
4694
other hand, the platform often sends promontories into the valley, and even
4695
leaves in them great, almost insulated, masses. So continuous are the
4696
bounding lines of cliff, that to descend into some of these valleys, it is
4697
necessary to go round twenty miles; and into others, the surveyors have
4698
only lately penetrated, and the colonists have not yet been able to drive
4699
in their cattle. But the most remarkable point of structure in these
4700
valleys, is, that although several miles wide in their upper parts, they
4701
generally contract towards their mouths to such a degree as to become
4702
impassable. The Surveyor-General, Sir T. Mitchell, in vain endeavoured,
4703
first on foot and then by crawling between the great fallen fragments of
4704
sandstone, to ascend through the gorge by which the river Grose joins the
4705
Nepean ("Travels in Australia" volume 1 page 154.--I must express my
4706
obligation to Sir T. Mitchell for several interesting personal
4707
communications on the subject of these great valleys of New South Wales.);
4708
yet the valley of the Grose in its upper part, as I saw, forms a
4709
magnificent basin some miles in width, and is on all sides surrounded by
4710
cliffs, the summits of which are believed to be nowhere less than 3,000
4711
feet above the level of the sea. When cattle are driven into the valley of
4712
the Wolgan by a path (which I descended) partly cut by the colonists, they
4713
cannot escape; for this valley is in every other part surrounded by
4714
perpendicular cliffs, and eight miles lower down, it contracts, from an
4715
average width of half a mile, to a mere chasm impassable to man or beast.
4716
Sir T. Mitchell states, that the great valley of the Cox river with all its
4717
branches contracts, where it unites with the Nepean, into a gorge 2,200
4718
yards wide, and about one thousand feet in depth. (Idem volume 2 page 358.)
4719
Other similar cases might have been added.
4720
4721
The first impression, from seeing the correspondence of the horizontal
4722
strata, on each side of these valleys and great amphitheatre-like
4723
depressions, is that they have been in chief part hollowed out, like other
4724
valleys, by aqueous erosion; but when one reflects on the enormous amount
4725
of stone, which on this view must have been removed, in most of the above
4726
cases through mere gorges or chasms, one is led to ask whether these spaces
4727
may not have subsided. But considering the form of the irregularly
4728
branching valleys, and of the narrow promontories, projecting into them
4729
from the platforms, we are compelled to abandon this notion. To attribute
4730
these hollows to alluvial action, would be preposterous; nor does the
4731
drainage from the summit-level always fall, as I remarked near the
4732
Weatherboard, into the head of these valleys, but into one side of their
4733
bay-like recesses. Some of the inhabitants remarked to me, that they never
4734
viewed one of these baylike recesses, with the headlands receding on both
4735
hands, without being struck with their resemblance to a bold sea-coast.
4736
This is certainly the case; moreover, the numerous fine harbours, with
4737
their widely branching arms, on the present coast of New South Wales, which
4738
are generally connected with the sea by a narrow mouth, from one mile to a
4739
quarter of a mile in width, passing through the sandstone coast-cliffs,
4740
present a likeness, though on a miniature scale, to the great valleys of
4741
the interior. But then immediately occurs the startling difficulty, why has
4742
the sea worn out these great, though circumscribed, depressions on a wide
4743
platform, and left mere gorges, through which the whole vast amount of
4744
triturated matter must have been carried away? The only light I can throw
4745
on this enigma, is by showing that banks appear to be forming in some seas
4746
of the most irregular forms, and that the sides of such banks are so steep
4747
(as before stated) that a comparatively small amount of subsequent erosion
4748
would form them into cliffs: that the waves have power to form high and
4749
precipitous cliffs, even in landlocked harbours, I have observed in many
4750
parts of South America. In the Red Sea, banks with an extremely irregular
4751
outline and composed of sediment, are penetrated by the most singularly
4752
shaped creeks with narrow mouths: this is likewise the case, though on a
4753
larger scale, with the Bahama Banks. Such banks, I have been led to
4754
suppose, have been formed by currents heaping sediment on an irregular
4755
bottom. (See the "Appendix" to the Part on Coral-Reefs. The fact of the sea
4756
heaping up mud round a submarine nucleus, is worthy of the notice of
4757
geologists: for outlyers of the same composition with the coast banks are
4758
thus formed; and these, if upheaved and worn into cliffs, would naturally
4759
be thought to have been once connected together.) That in some cases, the
4760
sea, instead of spreading out sediment in a uniform sheet, heaps it round
4761
submarine rocks and islands, it is hardly possible to doubt, after having
4762
examined the charts of the West Indies. To apply these ideas to the
4763
sandstone platforms of New South Wales, I imagine that the strata might
4764
have been heaped on an irregular bottom by the action of strong currents,
4765
and of the undulations of an open sea; and that the valley-like spaces thus
4766
left unfilled might, during a slow elevation of the land, have had their
4767
steeply sloping flanks worn into cliffs; the worn-down sandstone being
4768
removed, either at the time when the narrow gorges were cut by the
4769
retreating sea, or subsequently by alluvial action.
4770
4771
VAN DIEMEN'S LAND.
4772
4773
The southern part of this island is mainly formed of mountains of
4774
greenstone, which often assumes a syenitic character, and contains much
4775
hypersthene. These mountains, in their lower half, are generally encased by
4776
strata containing numerous small corals and some shells. These shells have
4777
been examined by Mr. G.B. Sowerby, and have been described by him: they
4778
consist of two species of Producta, and of six of Spirifera; two of these,
4779
namely, P. rugata and S. rotundata, resemble, as far as their imperfect
4780
condition allows of comparison, British mountain-limestone shells. Mr.
4781
Lonsdale has had the kindness to examine the corals; they consist of six
4782
undescribed species, belonging to three genera. Species of these genera
4783
occur in the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata of Europe. Mr.
4784
Lonsdale remarks, that all these fossils have undoubtedly a Palaeozoic
4785
character, and that probably they correspond in age to a division of the
4786
system above the Silurian formations.
4787
4788
The strata containing these remains are singular from the extreme
4789
variability of their mineralogical composition. Every intermediate form is
4790
present, between flinty-slate, clay-slate passing into grey wacke, pure
4791
limestone, sandstone, and porcellanic rock; and some of the beds can only
4792
be described as composed of a siliceo-calcareo-clay-slate. The formation,
4793
as far as I could judge, is at least a thousand feet in thickness: the
4794
upper few hundred feet usually consist of a siliceous sandstone, containing
4795
pebbles and no organic remains; the inferior strata, of which a pale flinty
4796
slate is perhaps the most abundant, are the most variable; and these
4797
chiefly abound with the remains. Between two beds of hard crystalline
4798
limestone, near Newtown, a layer of white soft calcareous matter is
4799
quarried, and is used for whitewashing houses. From information given to me
4800
by Mr. Frankland, the Surveyor-General, it appears that this Palaeozoic
4801
formation is found in different parts of the whole island; from the same
4802
authority, I may add, that on the north-eastern coast and in Bass' Straits
4803
primary rocks extensively occur.
4804
4805
The shores of Storm Bay are skirted, to the height of a few hundred feet,
4806
by strata of sandstone, containing pebbles of the formation just described,
4807
with its characteristic fossils, and therefore belonging to a subsequent
4808
age. These strata of sandstone often pass into shale, and alternate with
4809
layers of impure coal; they have in many places been violently disturbed.
4810
Near Hobart Town, I observed one dike, nearly a hundred yards in width, on
4811
one side of which the strata were tilted at an angle of 60 degrees, and on
4812
the other they were in some parts vertical, and had been altered by the
4813
effects of the heat. On the west side of Storm Bay, I found these strata
4814
capped by streams of basaltic lava with olivine; and close by there was a
4815
mass of brecciated scoriae, containing pebbles of lava, which probably
4816
marks the place of an ancient submarine crater. Two of these streams of
4817
basalt were separated from each other by a layer of argillaceous wacke,
4818
which could be traced passing into partially altered scoriae. The wacke
4819
contained numerous rounded grains of a soft, grass-green mineral, with a
4820
waxy lustre, and translucent on its edges: under the blowpipe it instantly
4821
blackened, and the points fused into a strongly magnetic, black enamel. In
4822
these characters, it resembles those masses of decomposed olivine,
4823
described at St. Jago in the Cape de Verde group; and I should have thought
4824
that it had thus originated, had I not found a similar substance, in
4825
cylindrical threads, within the cells of the vesicular basalt,--a state
4826
under which olivine never appears; this substance, I believe, would be
4827
classed as bole by mineralogists. (Chlorophaeite, described by Dr.
4828
MacCulloch ("Western Islands" volume 1 page 504) as occurring in a basaltic
4829
amygdaloid, differs from this substance, in remaining unchanged before the
4830
blowpipe, and in blackening from exposure to the air. May we suppose that
4831
olivine, in undergoing the remarkable change described at St. Jago, passes
4832
through several states?)
4833
4834
TRAVERTIN WITH EXTINCT PLANTS.
4835
4836
Behind Hobart Town there is a small quarry of a hard travertin, the lower
4837
strata of which abound with distinct impressions of leaves. Mr. Robert
4838
Brown has had the kindness to look at my specimens, and he informed me that
4839
there are four or five kinds, none of which he recognises as belonging to
4840
existing species. The most remarkable leaf is palmate, like that of a fan-
4841
palm, and no plant having leaves of this structure has hitherto been
4842
discovered in Van Diemen's Land. The other leaves do not resemble the most
4843
usual form of the Eucalyptus (of which tribe the existing forests are
4844
chiefly composed), nor do they resemble that class of exceptions to the
4845
common form of the leaves of the Eucalyptus, which occur in this island.
4846
The travertin containing this remnant of a lost vegetation, is of a pale
4847
yellow colour, hard, and in parts even crystalline; but not compact, and is
4848
everywhere penetrated by minute, tortuous, cylindrical pores. It contains a
4849
very few pebbles of quartz, and occasionally layers of chalcedonic nodules,
4850
like those of chert in our Greensand. From the pureness of this calcareous
4851
rock, it has been searched for in other places, but has never been found.
4852
From this circumstance, and from the character of the deposit, it was
4853
probably formed by a calcareous spring entering a small pool or narrow
4854
creek. The strata have subsequently been tilted and fissured; and the
4855
surface has been covered by a singular mass, with which, also, a large
4856
fissure has been filled up, formed of balls of trap embedded in a mixture
4857
of wacke and a white, earthy, alumino-calcareous substance. Hence it would
4858
appear, as if a volcanic eruption had taken place on the borders of the
4859
pool, in which the calcareous matter was depositing, and had broken it up
4860
and drained it.
4861
4862
ELEVATION OF THE LAND.
4863
4864
Both the eastern and western shores of the bay, in the neighbourhood of
4865
Hobart Town, are in most parts covered to the height of thirty feet above
4866
the level of high-water mark, with broken shells, mingled with pebbles. The
4867
colonists attribute these shells to the aborigines having carried them up
4868
for food: undoubtedly, there are many large mounds, as was pointed out to
4869
me by Mr. Frankland, which have been thus formed; but I think from the
4870
numbers of the shells, from their frequent small size, from the manner in
4871
which they are thinly scattered, and from some appearances in the form of
4872
the land, that we must attribute the presence of the greater number to a
4873
small elevation of the land. On the shore of Ralph Bay (opening into Storm
4874
Bay) I observed a continuous beach about fifteen feet above high-water
4875
mark, clothed with vegetation, and by digging into it, pebbles encrusted
4876
with Serpulae were found: along the banks, also, of the river Derwent, I
4877
found a bed of broken sea-shells above the surface of the river, and at a
4878
point where the water is now much too fresh for sea-shells to live; but in
4879
both these cases, it is just possible, that before certain spits of sand
4880
and banks of mud in Storm Bay were accumulated, the tides might have risen
4881
to the height where we now find the shells. ( It would appear that some
4882
changes are now in progress in Ralph Bay, for I was assured by an
4883
intelligent farmer, that oysters were formerly abundant in it, but that
4884
about the year 1834 they had, without any apparent cause, disappeared. In
4885
the "Transactions of the Maryland Academy" volume 1 part 1 page 28 there is
4886
an account by Mr. Ducatel of vast beds of oysters and clams having been
4887
destroyed by the gradual filling up of the shallow lagoons and channels, on
4888
the shores of the southern United States. At Chiloe, in South America, I
4889
heard of a similar loss, sustained by the inhabitants, in the disappearance
4890
from one part of the coast of an edible species of Ascidia.)
4891
4892
Evidence more or less distinct of a change of level between the land and
4893
water, has been detected on almost all the land on this side of the globe.
4894
Captain Grey, and other travellers, have found in Southern Australia
4895
upraised shells, belonging either to the recent, or to a late tertiary
4896
period. The French naturalists in Baudin's expedition, found shells
4897
similarly circumstanced on the S.W. coast of Australia. The Rev. W.B.
4898
Clarke finds proofs of the elevation of the land, to the amount of 400
4899
feet, at the Cape of Good Hope. ("Proceedings of the Geological Society"
4900
volume 3 page 420.) In the neighbourhood of the Bay of Islands in New
4901
Zealand, I observed that the shores were scattered to some height, as at
4902
Van Diemen's Land, with sea-shells, which the colonists attribute to the
4903
natives. (I will here give a catalogue of the rocks which I met with near
4904
the Bay of Islands, in New Zealand:--1st, Much basaltic lava, and scoriform
4905
rocks, forming distinct craters;--2nd, A castellated hill of horizontal
4906
strata of flesh-coloured limestone, showing when fractured distinct
4907
crystalline facets: the rain has acted on this rock in a remarkable manner,
4908
corroding its surface into a miniature model of an Alpine country: I
4909
observed here layers of chert and clay ironstone; and in the bed of a
4910
stream, pebbles of clay-slate;--3rd, The shores of the Bay of Islands are
4911
formed of a feldspathic rock, of a bluish-grey colour, often much
4912
decomposed, with an angular fracture, and crossed by numerous ferruginous
4913
seams, but without any distinct stratification or cleavage. Some varieties
4914
are highly crystalline, and would at once be pronounced to be trap; others
4915
strikingly resembled clay-slate, slightly altered by heat: I was unable to
4916
form any decided opinion on this formation.) Whatever may have been the
4917
origin of these shells, I cannot doubt, after having seen a section of the
4918
valley of the Thames River (37 degrees S.), drawn by the Rev. W. Williams,
4919
that the land has been there elevated: on the opposite sides of this great
4920
valley, three step-like terraces, composed of an enormous accumulation of
4921
rounded pebbles, exactly correspond with each other: the escarpment of each
4922
terrace is about fifty feet in height. No one after having examined the
4923
terraces in the valleys on the western shores of South America, which are
4924
strewed with sea-shells, and have been formed during intervals of rest in
4925
the slow elevation of the land, could doubt that the New Zealand terraces
4926
have been similarly formed. I may add, that Dr. Dieffenbach, in his
4927
description of the Chatham Islands ("Geographical Journal" volume 11 pages
4928
202, 205.) (S.W. of New Zealand), states that it is manifest "that the sea
4929
has left many places bare which were once covered by its waters."
4930
4931
KING GEORGE'S SOUND.
4932
4933
This settlement is situated at the south-western angle of the Australian
4934
continent: the whole country is granitic, with the constituent minerals
4935
sometimes obscurely arranged in straight or curved laminae. In these cases,
4936
the rock would be called by Humboldt, gneiss-granite, and it is remarkable
4937
that the form of the bare conical hills, appearing to be composed of great
4938
folding layers, strikingly resembles, on a small scale, those composed of
4939
gneiss-granite at Rio de Janeiro, and those described by Humboldt at
4940
Venezuela. These plutonic rocks are, in many places, intersected by
4941
trappean-dikes; in one place, I found ten parallel dikes ranging in an E.
4942
and W. line; and not far off another set of eight dikes, composed of a
4943
different variety of trap, ranging at right angles to the former ones. I
4944
have observed in several primary districts, the occurrence of systems of
4945
dikes parallel and close to each other.
4946
4947
SUPERFICIAL FERRUGINOUS BEDS.
4948
4949
The lower parts of the country are everywhere covered by a bed, following
4950
the inequalities of the surface, of a honeycombed sandstone, abounding with
4951
oxides of iron. Beds of nearly similar composition are common, I believe,
4952
along the whole western coast of Australia, and on many of the East Indian
4953
islands. At the Cape of Good Hope, at the base of the mountains formed of
4954
granite and capped with sandstone, the ground is everywhere coated either
4955
by a fine-grained, rubbly, ochraceous mass, like that at King George's
4956
Sound, or by a coarser sandstone with fragments of quartz, and rendered
4957
hard and heavy by an abundance of the hydrate of iron, which presents, when
4958
freshly broken, a metallic lustre. Both these varieties have a very
4959
irregular texture, including spaces either rounded or angular, full of
4960
loose sand: from this cause the surface is always honeycombed. The oxide of
4961
iron is most abundant on the edges of the cavities, where alone it affords
4962
a metallic fracture. In these formations, as well as in many true
4963
sedimentary deposits, it is evident that iron tends to become aggregated,
4964
either in the form of a shell, or of a network. The origin of these
4965
superficial beds, though sufficiently obscure, seems to be due to alluvial
4966
action on detritus abounding with iron.
4967
4968
SUPERFICIAL CALCAREOUS DEPOSIT.
4969
4970
A calcareous deposit on the summit of Bald Head, containing branched
4971
bodies, supposed by some authors to have been corals, has been celebrated
4972
by the descriptions of many distinguished voyagers. (I visited this hill,
4973
in company with Captain Fitzroy, and we came to a similar conclusion
4974
regarding these branching bodies.) It folds round and conceals irregular
4975
hummocks of granite, at the height of 600 feet above the level of the sea.
4976
It varies much in thickness; where stratified, the beds are often inclined
4977
at high angles, even as much as at thirty degrees, and they dip in all
4978
directions. These beds are sometimes crossed by oblique and even-sided
4979
laminae. The deposit consists either of a fine, white calcareous powder, in
4980
which not a trace of structure can be discovered, or of exceedingly minute,
4981
rounded grains, of brown, yellowish, and purplish colours; both varieties
4982
being generally, but not always, mixed with small particles of quartz, and
4983
being cemented into a more or less perfect stone. The rounded calcareous
4984
grains, when heated in a slight degree, instantly lose their colours; in
4985
this and in every other respect, closely resembling those minute, equal-
4986
sized particles of shells and corals, which at St. Helena have been drifted
4987
up the side of the mountains, and have thus been winnowed of all coarser
4988
fragments. I cannot doubt that the coloured calcareous particles here have
4989
had a similar origin. The impalpable powder has probably been derived from
4990
the decay of the rounded particles; this certainly is possible, for on the
4991
coast of Peru, I have traced LARGE UNBROKEN shells gradually falling into a
4992
substance as fine as powdered chalk. Both of the above-mentioned varieties
4993
of calcareous sandstone frequently alternate with, and blend into, thin
4994
layers of a hard substalagmitic rock, which, even when the stone on each
4995
side contains particles of quartz, is entirely free from them (I adopt this
4996
term from Lieutenant Nelson's excellent paper on the Bermuda Islands
4997
"Geolog. Trans." volume 5 page 106, for the hard, compact, cream- or brown-
4998
coloured stone, without any crystalline structure, which so often
4999
accompanies superficial calcareous accumulations. I have observed such
5000
superficial beds, coated with substalagmitic rock, at the Cape of Good
5001
Hope, in several parts of Chile, and over wide spaces in La Plata and
5002
Patagonia. Some of these beds have been formed from decayed shells, but the
5003
origin of the greater number is sufficiently obscure. The causes which
5004
determine water to dissolve lime, and then soon to redeposit it, are not, I
5005
think, known. The surface of the substalagmitic layers appears always to be
5006
corroded by the rain-water. As all the above-mentioned countries have a
5007
long dry season, compared with the rainy one, I should have thought that
5008
the presence of the substalagmitic was connected with the climate, had not
5009
Lieutenant Nelson found this substance forming under sea-water.
5010
Disintegrated shell seems to be extremely soluble; of which I found good
5011
evidence, in a curious rock at Coquimbo in Chile, which consisted of small,
5012
pellucid, empty husks, cemented together. A series of specimens clearly
5013
showed that these husks had originally contained small rounded particles of
5014
shells, which had been enveloped and cemented together by calcareous matter
5015
(as often happens on sea-beaches), and which subsequently had decayed, and
5016
been dissolved by water, that must have penetrated through the calcareous
5017
husks, without corroding them,--of which processes every stage could be
5018
seen.): hence we must suppose that these layers, as well as certain vein-
5019
like masses, have been formed by rain dissolving the calcareous matter and
5020
re-precipitating it, as has happened at St. Helena. Each layer probably
5021
marks a fresh surface, when the, now firmly cemented, particles existed as
5022
loose sand. These layers are sometimes brecciated and re-cemented, as if
5023
they had been broken by the slipping of the sand when soft. I did not find
5024
a single fragment of a sea-shell; but bleached shells of the Helix melo, an
5025
existing land species, abound in all the strata; and I likewise found
5026
another Helix, and the case of an Oniscus.
5027
5028
The branches are absolutely undistinguishable in shape from the broken and
5029
upright stumps of a thicket; their roots are often uncovered, and are seen
5030
to diverge on all sides; here and there a branch lies prostrate. The
5031
branches generally consist of the sandstone, rather firmer than the
5032
surrounding matter, with the central parts filled, either with friable,
5033
calcareous matter, or with a substalagmitic variety; this central part is
5034
also frequently penetrated by linear crevices, sometimes, though rarely,
5035
containing a trace of woody matter. These calcareous, branching bodies,
5036
appear to have been formed by fine calcareous matter being washed into the
5037
casts or cavities, left by the decay of branches and roots of thickets,
5038
buried under drifted sand. The whole surface of the hill is now undergoing
5039
disintegration, and hence the casts, which are compact and hard, are left
5040
projecting. In calcareous sand at the Cape of Good Hope, I found the casts,
5041
described by Abel, quite similar to these at Bald Head; but their centres
5042
are often filled with black carbonaceous matter not yet removed. It is not
5043
surprising, that the woody matter should have been almost entirely removed
5044
from the casts on Bald Head; for it is certain, that many centuries must
5045
have elapsed since the thickets were buried; at present, owing to the form
5046
and height of the narrow promontory, no sand is drifted up, and the whole
5047
surface, as I have remarked, is wearing away. We must, therefore, look back
5048
to a period when the land stood lower, of which the French naturalists (See
5049
M. Peron "Voyage" tome 1 page 204.) found evidence in upraised shells of
5050
recent species, for the drifting on Bald Head of the calcareous and
5051
quartzose sand, and the consequent embedment of the vegetable remains.
5052
There was only one appearance which at first made me doubt concerning the
5053
origin of the cast,--namely, that the finer roots from different stems
5054
sometimes became united together into upright plates or veins; but when the
5055
manner is borne in mind in which fine roots often fill up cracks in hard
5056
earth, and that these roots would decay and leave hollows, as well as the
5057
stems, there is no real difficulty in this case. Besides the calcareous
5058
branches from the Cape of Good Hope, I have seen casts, of exactly the same
5059
forms, from Madeira* and from Bermuda; at this latter place, the
5060
surrounding calcareous rocks, judging from the specimens collected by
5061
Lieutenant Nelson, are likewise similar, as is their subaerial formation.
5062
Reflecting on the stratification of the deposit on Bald Head,--on the
5063
irregularly alternating layers of substalagmitic rock,--on the uniformly
5064
sized, and rounded particles, apparently of sea-shells and corals,--on the
5065
abundance of land-shells throughout the mass,--and finally, on the absolute
5066
resemblance of the calcareous casts, to the stumps, roots, and branches of
5067
that kind of vegetation, which would grow on sand-hillocks, I think there
5068
can be no reasonable doubt, notwithstanding the different opinion of some
5069
authors, that a true view of their origin has been here given.
5070
5071
*(Dr. J. Macaulay has fully described ("Edinb. New Phil. Journ." volume 29
5072
page 350) the casts from Madeira. He considers (differently from Mr. Smith
5073
of Jordan Hill) these bodies to be corals, and the calcareous deposit to be
5074
of subaqueous origin. His arguments chiefly rest (for his remarks on their
5075
structure are vague) on the great quantity of the calcareous matter, and on
5076
the casts containing animal matter, as shown by their evolving ammonia. Had
5077
Dr. Macaulay seen the enormous masses of rolled particles of shells and
5078
corals on the beach of Ascension, and especially on coral-reefs; and had he
5079
reflected on the effects of long-continued, gentle winds, in drifting up
5080
the finer particles, he would hardly have advanced the argument of
5081
quantity, which is seldom trustworthy in geology. If the calcareous matter
5082
has originated from disintegrated shells and corals, the presence of animal
5083
matter is what might have been expected. Mr. Anderson analysed for Dr.
5084
Macaulay part of a cast, and he found it composed of:--
5085
Carbonate of lime......73.15
5086
Silica.................11.90
5087
Phosphate of lime.......8.81
5088
Animal matter...........4.25
5089
Sulphate of lime......a trace
5090
98.11)
5091
5092
Calcareous deposits, like these of King George's Sound, are of vast extent
5093
on the Australian shores. Dr. Fitton remarks, that "recent calcareous
5094
breccia (by which term all these deposits are included) was found during
5095
Baudin's voyage, over a space of no less than twenty-five degrees of
5096
latitude and an equal extent of longitude, on the southern, western, and
5097
north-western coasts." (For ample details on this formation consult Dr.
5098
Fitton "Appendix to Captain King's Voyage." Dr. Fitton is inclined to
5099
attribute a concretionary origin to the branching bodies: I may remark,
5100
that I have seen in beds of sand in La Plata cylindrical stems which no
5101
doubt thus originated; but they differed much in appearance from these at
5102
Bald Head, and the other places above specified.) It appears also from M.
5103
Peron, with whose observations and opinions on the origin of the calcareous
5104
matter and branching casts mine entirely accord, that the deposit is
5105
generally much more continuous than near King George's Sound. At Swan
5106
River, Archdeacon Scott states that in one part it extends ten miles
5107
inland. ("Proceedings of the Geolog. Soc." volume 1 page 320.) Captain
5108
Wickham, moreover, informs me that during his late survey of the western
5109
coast, the bottom of the sea, wherever the vessel anchored, was
5110
ascertained, by crowbars being let down, to consist of white calcareous
5111
matter. Hence it seems that along this coast, as at Bermuda and at Keeling
5112
Atoll, submarine and subaerial deposits are contemporaneously in process of
5113
formation, from the disintegration of marine organic bodies. The extent of
5114
these deposits, considering their origin, is very striking; and they can be
5115
compared in this respect only with the great coral-reefs of the Indian and
5116
Pacific Oceans. In other parts of the world, for instance in South America,
5117
there are SUPERFICIAL calcareous deposits of great extent, in which not a
5118
trace of organic structure is discoverable; these observations would lead
5119
to the inquiry, whether such deposits may not, also, have been formed from
5120
disintegrated shells and corals.
5121
5122
CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.
5123
5124
After the accounts given by Barrow, Carmichael, Basil Hall, and W.B. Clarke
5125
of the geology of this district, I shall confine myself to a few
5126
observations on the junction of the three principal formations. The
5127
fundamental rock is granite (In several places I observed in the granite,
5128
small dark-coloured balls, composed of minute scales of black mica in a
5129
tough basis. In another place, I found crystals of black schorl radiating
5130
from a common centre. Dr. Andrew Smith found, in the interior parts of the
5131
country, some beautiful specimens of granite, with silvery mica radiating
5132
or rather branching, like moss, from central points. At the Geological
5133
Society, there are specimens of granite with crystallised feldspar
5134
branching and radiating in like manner.), overlaid by clay-slate: the
5135
latter is generally hard, and glossy from containing minute scales of mica;
5136
it alternates with, and passes into, beds of slightly crystalline,
5137
feldspathic, slaty rock. This clay-slate is remarkable from being in some
5138
places (as on the Lion's Rump) decomposed, even to the depth of twenty
5139
feet, into a pale-coloured, sandstone-like rock, which has been mistaken, I
5140
believe, by some observers, for a separate formation. I was guided by Dr.
5141
Andrew Smith to a fine junction at Green Point between the granite and
5142
clay-slate: the latter at the distance of a quarter of a mile from the
5143
spot, where the granite appears on the beach (though, probably, the granite
5144
is much nearer underground), becomes slightly more compact and crystalline.
5145
At a less distance, some of the beds of clay-slate are of a homogeneous
5146
texture, and obscurely striped with different zones of colour, whilst
5147
others are obscurely spotted. Within a hundred yards of the first vein of
5148
granite, the clay-slate consists of several varieties; some compact with a
5149
tinge of purple, others glistening with numerous minute scales of mica and
5150
imperfectly crystallised feldspar; some obscurely granular, others
5151
porphyritic with small, elongated spots of a soft white mineral, which
5152
being easily corroded, gives to this variety a vesicular appearance. Close
5153
to the granite, the clay-slate is changed into a dark-coloured, laminated
5154
rock, having a granular fracture, which is due to imperfect crystals of
5155
feldspar, coated by minute, brilliant scales of mica.
5156
5157
The actual junction between the granitic and clay-slate districts extends
5158
over a width of about two hundred yards, and consists of irregular masses
5159
and of numerous dikes of granite, entangled and surrounded by the clay-
5160
slate: most of the dikes range in a N.W. and S.E. line, parallel to the
5161
cleavage of the slate. As we leave the junction, thin beds, and lastly,
5162
mere films of the altered clay-slate are seen, quite isolated, as if
5163
floating, in the coarsely crystallised granite; but although completely
5164
detached, they all retain traces of the uniform N.W. and S.E. cleavage.
5165
This fact has been observed in other similar cases, and has been advanced
5166
by some eminent geologists (See M. Keilhau "Theory on Granite" translated
5167
in the "Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal" volume 24 page 402.), as a
5168
great difficulty on the ordinary theory, of granite having been injected
5169
whilst liquified; but if we reflect on the probable state of the lower
5170
surface of a laminated mass, like clay-slate, after having been violently
5171
arched by a body of molten granite, we may conclude that it would be full
5172
of fissures parallel to the planes of cleavage; and that these would be
5173
filled with granite, so that wherever the fissures were close to each
5174
other, mere parting layers or wedges of the slate would depend into the
5175
granite. Should, therefore, the whole body of rock afterwards become worn
5176
down and denuded, the lower ends of these dependent masses or wedges of
5177
slate would be left quite isolated in the granite; yet they would retain
5178
their proper lines of cleavage, from having been united, whilst the granite
5179
was fluid, with a continuous covering of clay-slate.
5180
5181
Following, in company with Dr. A. Smith, the line of junction between the
5182
granite and the slate, as it stretched inland, in a S.E. direction, we came
5183
to a place, where the slate was converted into a fine-grained, perfectly
5184
characterised gneiss, composed of yellow-brown granular feldspar, of
5185
abundant black brilliant mica, and of few and thin laminae of quartz. From
5186
the abundance of the mica in this gneiss, compared with the small quantity
5187
and excessively minute scales, in which it exists in the glossy clay-slate,
5188
we must conclude, that it has been here formed by the metamorphic action--a
5189
circumstance doubted, under nearly similar circumstances, by some authors.
5190
The laminae of the clay-slate are straight; and it was interesting to
5191
observe, that as they assumed the character of gneiss, they became
5192
undulatory with some of the smaller flexures angular, like the laminae of
5193
many true metamorphic schists.
5194
5195
SANDSTONE FORMATION.
5196
5197
This formation makes the most imposing feature in the geology of Southern
5198
Africa. The strata are in many parts horizontal, and attain a thickness of
5199
about two thousand feet. The sandstone varies in character; it contains
5200
little earthy matter, but is often stained with iron; some of the beds are
5201
very fine-grained and quite white; others are as compact and homogeneous as
5202
quartz rock. In some places I observed a breccia of quartz, with the
5203
fragments almost dissolved in a siliceous paste. Broad veins of quartz,
5204
often including large and perfect crystals, are very numerous; and it is
5205
evident in nearly all the strata, that silica has been deposited from
5206
solution in remarkable quantity. Many of the varieties of quartzite
5207
appeared quite like metamorphic rocks; but from the upper strata being as
5208
siliceous as the lower, and from the undisturbed junctions with the
5209
granite, which in many places can be examined, I can hardly believe that
5210
these sandstone-strata have been exposed to heat. (The Rev. W.B. Clarke,
5211
however, states, to my surprise ("Geolog. Proceedings" volume 3 page 422),
5212
that the sandstone in some parts is penetrated by granitic dikes: such
5213
dikes must belong to an epoch altogether subsequent to that when the molten
5214
granite acted on the clay-slate.) On the lines of junction between these
5215
two great formations, I found in several places the granite decayed to the
5216
depth of a few inches, and succeeded, either by a thin layer of ferruginous
5217
shale, or by four or five inches in thickness of the re-cemented crystals
5218
of the granite, on which the great pile of sandstone immediately rested.
5219
5220
Mr. Schomburgk has described ("Geographical Journal" volume 10 page 246.) a
5221
great sandstone formation in Northern Brazil, resting on granite, and
5222
resembling to a remarkable degree, in composition and in the external form
5223
of the land, this formation of the Cape of Good Hope. The sandstones of the
5224
great platforms of Eastern Australia, which also rest on granite, differ in
5225
containing more earthy and less siliceous matter. No fossil remains have
5226
been discovered in these three vast deposits. Finally, I may add that I did
5227
not see any boulders of far-transported rocks at the Cape of Good Hope, or
5228
on the eastern and western shores of Australia, or at Van Diemen's Land. In
5229
the northern island of New Zealand, I noticed some large blocks of
5230
greenstone, but whether their parent rock was far distant, I had no
5231
opportunity of determining.
5232
5233
5234
INDEX TO VOLCANIC ISLANDS.
5235
5236
Abel, M., on calcareous casts at the Cape of Good Hope.
5237
5238
Abingdon island.
5239
5240
Abrolhos islands, incrustation on.
5241
5242
Aeriform explosions at Ascension.
5243
5244
Albatross, driven from St. Helena.
5245
5246
Albemarle island.
5247
5248
Albite, at the Galapagos archipelago.
5249
5250
Amygdaloidal cells, half filled.
5251
5252
Amygdaloids, calcareous origin of.
5253
5254
Ascension, arborescent incrustation on rocks of.
5255
-absence of dikes, freedom from volcanic action, and state of lava-streams.
5256
5257
Ascidia, extinction of.
5258
5259
Atlantic Ocean, new volcanic focus in.
5260
5261
Augite, fused.
5262
5263
Australia.
5264
5265
Azores.
5266
5267
Bahia in Brazil, dikes at.
5268
5269
Bailly, M., on the mountains of Mauritius.
5270
5271
Bald Head.
5272
5273
Banks' Cove.
5274
5275
Barn, The, St. Helena.
5276
5277
Basalt, specific gravity of.
5278
5279
Basaltic coast-mountains at Mauritius.
5280
-at St. Helena.
5281
-at St. Jago.
5282
5283
Beaumont, M. Elie de, on circular subsidences in lava.
5284
-on dikes indicating elevation.
5285
-on inclination of lava-streams.
5286
-on laminated dikes.
5287
5288
Bermuda, calcareous rocks of.
5289
5290
Beudant, M., on bombs.
5291
-on jasper.
5292
-on laminated trachyte.
5293
-on obsidian of Hungary.
5294
-on silex in trachyte.
5295
5296
Bole.
5297
5298
Bombs, volcanic.
5299
5300
Bory St. Vincent, on bombs.
5301
5302
Boulders, absence in Australia and Cape of Good Hope.
5303
5304
Brattle island.
5305
5306
Brewster, Sir D., on a calcareo-animal substance.
5307
-on decomposed glass.
5308
5309
Brown, Mr. R., on extinct plants from Van Diemen's land.
5310
-on sphaerulitic bodies in silicified wood.
5311
5312
Buch, Von, on cavernous lava.
5313
-on central volcanoes.
5314
-on crystals sinking in obsidian.
5315
-on laminated lava.
5316
-on obsidian streams.
5317
-on olivine in basalt.
5318
-on superficial calcareous beds in the Canary islands.
5319
5320
Calcareous deposit at St. Jago affected by heat.
5321
-fibrous matter, entangled in streaks in scoriae.
5322
-freestone at Ascension.
5323
-incrustations at Ascension.
5324
-sandstone at St. Helena.
5325
-superficial beds at King George's sound.
5326
5327
Cape of Good Hope.
5328
5329
Carbonic acid, expulsion of, by heat.
5330
5331
Carmichael, Capt., on glassy coatings to dikes.
5332
5333
Casts, calcareous, of branches.
5334
5335
Chalcedonic nodules.
5336
5337
Chalcedony in basalt and in silicified wood.
5338
5339
Chatham island.
5340
5341
Chlorophaeite.
5342
5343
Clarke, Rev. W., on the Cape of Good Hope.
5344
5345
Clay-slate, its decomposition and junction with granite at the Cape of Good
5346
Hope.
5347
5348
Cleavage of clay-slate in Australia.
5349
5350
Cleavage, cross, in sandstone.
5351
5352
Coast denudation at St. Helena.
5353
5354
Columnar basalt.
5355
5356
"Comptes Rendus," account of volcanic phenomena in the Atlantic.
5357
5358
Concepcion, earthquake of.
5359
5360
Concretions in aqueous and igneous rocks compared.
5361
-in tuff.
5362
-of obsidian.
5363
5364
Conglomerate, recent, at St. Jago.
5365
5366
Coquimbo, curious rock of.
5367
5368
Corals, fossil, from Van Diemen's Land.
5369
5370
Crater, segment of, at the Galapagos.
5371
-great central one at St. Helena.
5372
-internal ledges round, and parapet on.
5373
5374
Craters, basaltic, at Ascension.
5375
-form of, affected by the trade wind.
5376
-of elevation.
5377
-of tuff at Terceira.
5378
-of tuff at the Galapagos archipelago.
5379
-their breached state.
5380
-small basaltic at St. Jago.
5381
--at the Galapagos archipelago.
5382
5383
Crystallisation favoured by space.
5384
5385
Dartigues, M., on sphaerulites.
5386
5387
Daubeny, Dr., on a basin-formed island.
5388
-on fragments in trachyte.
5389
5390
D'Aubuisson on hills of phonolite.
5391
-on the composition of obsidian.
5392
-on the lamination of clay-slate.
5393
5394
De la Beche, Sir H., on magnesia in erupted lime.
5395
-on specific gravity of limestones.
5396
5397
Denudation of coast at St. Helena.
5398
5399
Diana's Peak, St. Helena.
5400
5401
Dieffenbach, Dr., on the Chatham Islands.
5402
5403
Dikes, truncated, on central crateriform ridge of St. Helena.
5404
-at St. Helena; number of; coated by a glossy layer; uniform thickness of.
5405
-great parallel ones at St. Helena.
5406
-not observed at Ascension.
5407
-of tuff.
5408
-of trap in the plutonic series.
5409
-remnants of, extending far into the sea round St. Helena.
5410
5411
Dislocations at Ascension.
5412
-at St. Helena.
5413
5414
Distribution of volcanic islands.
5415
5416
Dolomieu, on decomposed trachyte.
5417
-on laminated lava.
5418
-on obsidian.
5419
5420
Dree, M., on crystals sinking in lava.
5421
5422
Dufrenoy, M., on the composition of the surface of certain lava-streams.
5423
-on the inclination of tuff-strata.
5424
5425
Eggs of birds embedded at St. Helena.
5426
-of turtle at Ascension.
5427
5428
Ejected fragments at Ascension.
5429
-at the Galapagos archipelago.
5430
5431
Elevation of St. Helena.
5432
-the Galapagos archipelago.
5433
-Van Diemen's Land, Cape of Good Hope, New Zealand, Australia, and Chatham
5434
island.
5435
-of volcanic islands.
5436
5437
Ellis, Rev. W., on ledges within the great crater at Hawaii.
5438
-on marine remains at Otaheite.
5439
5440
Eruption, fissures of.
5441
5442
Extinction of land-shells at St. Helena.
5443
5444
Faraday, Mr., on the expulsion of carbonic acid gas.
5445
5446
Feldspar, fusibility of.
5447
-in radiating crystals.
5448
-Labrador, ejected.
5449
5450
Feldspathic lavas.
5451
-at St. Helena.
5452
-rock, alternating with obsidian.
5453
-lamination, and origin of.
5454
5455
Fernando Noronha.
5456
5457
Ferruginous superficial beds.
5458
5459
Fibrous calcareous matter at St. Jago.
5460
5461
Fissures of eruption.
5462
5463
Fitton, Dr., on calcareous breccia.
5464
5465
Flagstaff Hill, St. Helena.
5466
5467
Fleurian de Bellevue on sphaerulites.
5468
5469
Fluidity of lavas.
5470
5471
Forbes, Professor, on the structure of glaciers.
5472
5473
Fragments ejected at Ascension.
5474
-at the Galapagos archipelago.
5475
5476
Freshwater Bay.
5477
5478
Fuerteventura (Feurteventura), calcareous beds of.
5479
5480
Galapagos archipelago.
5481
-parapets round craters.
5482
5483
Gay Lussac, on the expulsion of carbonic acid gas.
5484
5485
Glaciers, their structure.
5486
5487
Glossiness of texture, origin of.
5488
5489
Gneiss, derived from clay-slate.
5490
-with a great embedded fragment.
5491
5492
Gneiss-granite, form of hills of.
5493
5494
Good Hope, Cape of.
5495
5496
Gorges, narrow, at St. Helena.
5497
5498
Granite, junction with clay-slate, at the Cape of Good Hope.
5499
5500
Granitic ejected fragments.
5501
5502
Gravity, specific, of lavas.
5503
5504
Gypsum, at Ascension.
5505
-in volcanic strata at St. Helena.
5506
-on surface of the ground at ditto.
5507
5508
Hall, Sir J., on the expulsion of carbonic acid gas.
5509
5510
Heat, action of, on calcareous matter.
5511
5512
Hennah, Mr., on ashes at Ascension.
5513
5514
Henslow, Prof., on chalcedony.
5515
5516
Hoffmann, on decomposed trachyte.
5517
5518
Holland, Dr., on Iceland.
5519
5520
Horner, Mr., on a calcareo-animal substance.
5521
-on fusibility of feldspar.
5522
5523
Hubbard, Dr., on dikes.
5524
5525
Humboldt on ejected fragments.
5526
-on obsidian formations.
5527
-on parapets round craters.
5528
-on sphaerulites.
5529
5530
Hutton on amygdaloids.
5531
5532
Hyalite in decomposed trachyte.
5533
5534
Iceland, stratification of the circumferential hills.
5535
5536
Islands, volcanic, distribution of.
5537
-their elevation.
5538
5539
Incrustation, on St. Paul's rocks.
5540
5541
Incrustations, calcareous, at Ascension.
5542
5543
Jago, St.
5544
5545
James island.
5546
5547
Jasper, origin of.
5548
5549
Jonnes, M. Moreau de, on craters affected by wind.
5550
5551
Juan Fernandez.
5552
5553
Keilhau, M., on granite.
5554
5555
Kicker Rock.
5556
5557
King George's sound.
5558
5559
Labrador feldspar, ejected.
5560
5561
Lakes at bases of volcanoes.
5562
5563
Lamination of volcanic rocks.
5564
5565
Land-shells, extinct, at St. Helena.
5566
5567
Lanzarote, calcareous beds of.
5568
5569
Lava, adhesion to sides of a gorge.
5570
-feldspathic.
5571
-with cells semi-amygdaloidal.
5572
5573
Lavas, specific gravity of.
5574
5575
Lava-streams blending together at St. Jago.
5576
-composition of surface of.
5577
-differences in the state of their surfaces.
5578
-extreme thinness of.
5579
-heaved up into hillocks at the Galapagos archipelago.
5580
-their fluidity.
5581
-with irregular hummocks at Ascension.
5582
5583
Lead, separation from silver.
5584
5585
Lesson, M., on craters at Ascension.
5586
5587
Leucite.
5588
5589
Lime, sulphate of, at Ascension.
5590
5591
Lonsdale, Mr., on fossil-corals from Van Diemen's land.
5592
5593
Lot, St. Helena.
5594
5595
Lyell, Mr., on craters of elevation.
5596
-on embedded turtles' eggs.
5597
-on glossy coating to dikes.
5598
5599
Macaulay, Dr., on calcareous casts at Madeira.
5600
5601
MacCulloch, Dr., on an amygdaloid.
5602
-on chlorophaeite.
5603
-on laminated pitchstone.
5604
5605
Mackenzie, Sir G., on cavernous lava-streams.
5606
-on glossy coatings to dikes.
5607
-on obsidian streams.
5608
-on stratification in Iceland.
5609
5610
Madeira, calcareous casts at.
5611
5612
"Magazine, Nautical," account of volcanic phenomena in the Atlantic.
5613
5614
Marekanite.
5615
5616
Mauritius, crater of elevation of.
5617
5618
Mica, in rounded nodules.
5619
-origin in metamorphic slate.
5620
-radiating form of.
5621
5622
Miller, Prof., on ejected Labrador feldspar.
5623
-on quartz crystals in obsidian beds.
5624
5625
Mitchell, Sir T., on bombs.
5626
-on the Australian valleys.
5627
5628
Mud streams at the Galapagos archipelago.
5629
5630
Narborough island.
5631
5632
Nelson, Lieut., on the Bermuda islands.
5633
5634
New Caledonia.
5635
5636
New Red sandstone, cross cleavage of.
5637
5638
New South Wales.
5639
5640
New Zealand.
5641
5642
Nulliporae (fossil), resembling concretions.
5643
5644
Obsidian, absent at the Galapagos archipelago.
5645
-bombs of.
5646
-composition and origin of.
5647
-crystals of feldspar sink in.
5648
-its irruption from lofty craters.
5649
-passage of beds into.
5650
-specific gravity of.
5651
-streams of.
5652
5653
Olivine decomposed at St. Jago.
5654
-at Van Diemen's land.
5655
-in the lavas at the Galapagos archipelago.
5656
5657
Oolitic structure of recent calcareous beds at St. Helena.
5658
5659
Otaheite.
5660
5661
Oysters, extinction of.
5662
5663
Panza islands, laminated trachyte of.
5664
5665
Pattinson, Mr., on the separation of lead and silver.
5666
5667
Paul's, St., rocks of.
5668
5669
Pearlstone.
5670
5671
Peperino.
5672
5673
Peron, M., on calcareous rocks of Australia.
5674
5675
Phonolite, hills of.
5676
-laminated.
5677
-with more fusible hornblende.
5678
5679
Pitchstone.
5680
-dikes of.
5681
5682
Plants, extinct.
5683
5684
Plutonic rocks, separation of constituent parts of, by gravity.
5685
5686
Porto Praya.
5687
5688
Prevost, M. C., on rarity of great dislocations in volcanic islands.
5689
5690
Prosperous hill, St. Helena.
5691
5692
Pumice, absent at the Galapagos archipelago.
5693
-laminated.
5694
5695
Puy de Dome, trachyte of.
5696
5697
Quail island, St. Jago.
5698
5699
Quartz, crystals of, in beds alternating with obsidian.
5700
-crystallised in sandstone.
5701
-fusibility of.
5702
-rock, mottled from metamorphic action with earthy matter.
5703
5704
Red hill.
5705
5706
Resin-like altered scoriae.
5707
5708
Rio de Janeiro, gneiss of.
5709
5710
Robert, M., on strata of Iceland.
5711
5712
Rogers, Professor, on curved lines of elevation.
5713
5714
Salses, compared with tuff craters.
5715
5716
Salt deposited by the sea.
5717
-in volcanic strata.
5718
-lakes of, in craters.
5719
5720
Sandstone of Brazil.
5721
-of the Cape of Good Hope.
5722
-platforms of, in New South Wales.
5723
5724
Schorl, radiating.
5725
5726
Scrope, Mr. P., on laminated trachyte.
5727
-on obsidian.
5728
-on separation of trachyte and basalt.
5729
-on silex in trachyte.
5730
-on sphaerulites.
5731
5732
Seale, Mr., geognosy of St. Helena.
5733
-on dikes.
5734
-on embedded birds' bones.
5735
5736
Seale, on extinct shells of St. Helena.
5737
5738
Sedgwick, Professor, on concretions.
5739
5740
Septaria, in concretions in tuff.
5741
5742
Serpulae on upraised rocks.
5743
5744
Seychelles.
5745
5746
Shells, colour of, affected by light.
5747
-from Van Diemen's land.
5748
-land, extinct, at St. Helena.
5749
-particles of, drifted by the wind at St. Helena.
5750
5751
Shelly matter deposited by the waves.
5752
5753
Siau, M., on ripples.
5754
5755
Signal Post Hill.
5756
5757
Silica, deposited by steam.
5758
-large proportion of, in obsidian.
5759
-specific gravity of.
5760
5761
Siliceous sinter.
5762
5763
Smith, Dr. A., on junction of granite and clay-slate.
5764
5765
Spallanzani on decomposed trachyte.
5766
5767
Specific gravity of recent calcareous rocks and of limestone.
5768
-of lavas.
5769
5770
Sphaerulites in glass and in silicified wood.
5771
-in obsidian.
5772
5773
Sowerby, Mr. G.B., on fossil-shells from Van Diemen's land.
5774
-from St. Jago.
5775
-land-shells from St. Helena.
5776
5777
St. Helena.
5778
-crater of elevation of.
5779
5780
St. Jago, crater of elevation of.
5781
-effects of calcareous matter on lava.
5782
5783
St. Paul's rocks.
5784
5785
Stokes, Mr., collections of sphaerulites and of obsidians.
5786
5787
Stony-top, Little.
5788
-Great.
5789
5790
Stratification of sandstone in New South Wales.
5791
5792
Streams of obsidian.
5793
5794
Stutchbury, Mr., on marine remains at Otaheite.
5795
5796
Subsided space at Ascension.
5797
5798
Tahiti.
5799
5800
Talus, stratified, within tuff craters.
5801
5802
Terceira.
5803
5804
Tertiary deposit of St. Jago.
5805
5806
Trachyte, absent at the Galapagos archipelago.
5807
-at Ascension.
5808
-at Terceira.
5809
-decomposition of, by steam.
5810
-its lamination.
5811
-its separation from basalt.
5812
-softened at Ascension.
5813
-specific gravity of.
5814
-with singular veins.
5815
5816
Trap-dikes in the plutonic series.
5817
-at King George's sound.
5818
5819
Travertin at Van Diemen's land.
5820
5821
Tropic-bird, now rare, at St. Helena.
5822
5823
Tuff, craters of.
5824
-their breached state.
5825
-peculiar kind of.
5826
5827
Turner, Mr., on the separation of molten metals.
5828
5829
Tyerman and Bennett on marine remains at Huaheine.
5830
5831
Valleys, gorge-like, at St. Helena.
5832
-in New South Wales.
5833
-in St. Jago.
5834
5835
Van Diemen's land.
5836
5837
Veins in trachyte.
5838
-of jasper.
5839
5840
Vincent, Bory St., on bombs.
5841
5842
Volcanic bombs.
5843
-island in process of formation in the Atlantic.
5844
-islands, their distribution.
5845
5846
Wacke, its passage into lava.
5847
5848
Wackes, argillaceous.
5849
5850
Webster, Dr., on a basin-formed island.
5851
-on gypsum at Ascension.
5852
5853
White, Martin, on soundings.
5854
5855
Wind, effects of, on the form of craters.
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860